Listen & Learn To Speak. English Vocabulary

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 255

1.

Irregular Verbs - Elementary Level


2. Irregular Verbs - Intermediate Level
3. Idioms Parts 1 & 2
4. Phrasal Verbs in Situations
© DIM Nauka i Multimedia 2012

Course writers: Dorota Guzik, Dominika Tkaczyk


Voices: Maybe Theatre Company in Gdansk, Poland
Recorded & mastered: Mariusz Zaczkowski MTS Studio

ISBN 978-83-63099-16-9

© Reading Booklet DIM Nauka i Multimedia 2012

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocoping, recording or any information storage or retrieval system,
without the written permission of DIM Nauka i Multimedia, ul. Milskiego 1, 80-809 Gdansk, Poland

© DIM Nauka i Multimedia


ul. Milskiego 1; 80-809 Gdansk, Poland
www.languagehobby.com / www.audiokursy.pl
e-mail: [email protected]

1
Contents Page Track
1. Irregular Verbs - Elementary Level
Part one A typical day 4 ♪ 1-7
Part two Shopping 7 ♪ 8-14
Part three Holidays 10 ♪ 15-21
Part four Free time 13 ♪ 22-28
Part five At work 17 ♪ 29-35
Part six Test yourself 20 ♪ 36
Glossary French / Glossaire 22
German / Wörterbuch 24
Japanese / 表表表 26
Polish / Słowniczek 28
Spanish / Glosario 30
Russian / Словарик 32

2. Irregular Verbs - Intermediate Level


Part one Hobbies 34 ♪ 1-7
Part two A trip 38 ♪ 8-15
Part three The ceremony 42 ♪ 16-22
Part four A disaster 46 ♪ 23-30
Part five A school test 50 ♪ 31-38
Part six Test yourself 54 ♪ 39
Glossary French / Glossaire 56
German / Wörterbuch 58
Japanese / 表表表 60
Polish / Słowniczek 62
Spanish / Glosario 64
Russian / Словарик 66

3. Idioms Parts 1 & 2


PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS
Lesson 1 BUSINESS AND MONEY 68 ♪ 1-4
Lesson 2 WORK 72 ♪ 5-8
Lesson 3 TIME 76 ♪ 9-12
Lesson 4 CONVERSATION 80 ♪ 13-16
Lesson 5 DISCUSSION 84 ♪ 17-20
Lesson 6 PROBLEMS 89 ♪ 21-24
Lesson 7 BEHAVIOUR 94 ♪ 25-28
Lesson 8 FEELINGS 98 ♪ 29-32
Lesson 9 HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH 102 ♪ 33-36
Lesson 10 CRIME 106 ♪ 37-40
Lesson 11 ENTERTAINMENT 110 ♪ 41-44
Lesson 12 HOLIDAY / TRAVEL 114 ♪ 45-48
Lesson 13 FAMILY 118 ♪ 49-52
PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC
EXPRESSIONS
Lesson 14 ANIMALS 122 ♪ 53-56
Lesson 15 PARTS OF THE BODY 126 ♪ 57-60
Lesson 16 COLOURS 130 ♪ 61-64
Lesson 17 COMPARISON 134 ♪ 65-67
Lesson 18 BINOMINALS 138 ♪ 68-71
Lesson 19 SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 142 ♪ 72-74
Lesson 20 PROVERBS 147 ♪ 75

2
Contents Page Track
Glossary French / Glossaire 148
German / Wörterbuch 156
Japanese / 表表表 165
Polish / Słowniczek 174
Spanish / Glosario 182
Russian / Словарик 190

4. Phrasal Verbs in Situations


Lesson 1 Phrasal verbs with OUT 199 ♪ 1-4
Lesson 2 Phrasal verbs with OUT 201 ♪ 5-8
Lesson 3 Phrasal verbs with OFF 203 ♪ 9-12
Lesson 4 Phrasal verbs with THROUGH 206 ♪ 13-16
Lesson 5 Phrasal verbs with INTO 208 ♪ 17-20
Lesson 6 Phrasal verbs with OVER 210 ♪ 21-24
Lesson 7 Phrasal verbs with UP 212 ♪ 25-28
Lesson 8 Phrasal verbs with UP 214 ♪ 29-32
Lesson 9 Phrasal verbs with DOWN 216 ♪ 33-36
Lesson 10 Phrasal verbs with AWAY 218 ♪ 37-40
Lesson 11 Phrasal verbs with ON 220 ♪ 41-44
Lesson 12 Phrasal verbs with BACK 222 ♪ 45-48
Glossary French / Glossaire 224
German / Wörterbuch 229
Japanese / 表表表 234
Polish / Słowniczek 240
Spanish / Glosario 245
Russian / Словарик 250

3
English Vocabulary
1. Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level
PART ONE A TYPICAL DAY

Exercise one ♪1
Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. sleep slept slept


2. wake woke woken
3. get got got
4. have had had
5. eat ate eaten
6. drink drank drunk
7. leave left left
8. come came come
9. meet met met
10. go went gone

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. ♪2


Listen to the text.

Yesterday I slept badly. I woke up at about 6:30 as usual. I got up quickly and had a shower.
Then I ate a ham sandwich and drank a cup of tea. I left home at 7:15 and came back at 6:00
in the afternoon. Then I had dinner and met my friends in the pub. I went to bed at midnight.

Exercise three. ♪3
Listen and repeat.

- Yesterday I slept badly. - I left home at 7:15.


- I woke up at about 6:30 as usual. - I came back at 6:00 in the
- I got up quickly. afternoon.
- I had a shower. - Then I had dinner.
- I ate a ham sandwich. - I met my friends in the pub.
- I drank a cup of tea. - I went to bed at midnight.

Exercise four. ♪4
Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about you.

- How did you sleep yesterday? - What time did you wake up?
- … - …
- Yesterday I slept very badly. - I woke up at about 6:30 as usual.

4
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

- How did you get up? - What time did you leave home?
- … - …
- I got up quickly. - I left home at 7:15.

- What did you have then? - What time did you come back?
- … - …
- I had a shower. - I came back at 6:00 in the
afternoon.
- What did you eat for breakfast?
- … - Where did you meet your
- I ate a ham sandwich. friends??
- …
- What did you drink? - I met my friends in the pub.
- …
- I drank a cup of tea. - When did you go to bed?
- …
- I went to bed at midnight.
Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪5
Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. Have you slept well today?


2. Why haven’t you woken up the children?
3. He has just got a new computer.
4. They haven’t had a good time at the party.
5. She has eaten five cakes today.
6. Have you ever drunk coffee with lemon juice?
7. They have just left.
8. Has she come to the office yet?
9. We haven’t met Mark for ages.
10. Oh! We’re late. The train has already gone.

Exercise six. ♪6
Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words.

1. (sleep well today) 4. (have a good time)


Have you…? They haven’t…
Have you slept well today? They haven’t had a good time at the
party.
2. (wake up the children)
Why haven’t you…? 5. (eat 5 cakes)
Why haven’t you woken up the She has…
children? She has eaten five cakes today.

3. (just get a new computer) 6. (drink coffee with lemon juice)


He has… Have you ever…?
He has just got a new computer. Have you ever drunk coffee with
lemon juice?

5
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

7. (leave) 9. (meet Mark for ages)


They have just… We haven’t…
They have just left. We haven’t met Mark for ages.

8. (come to the office) 10. (go)


Has she…? The train has already…
Has she come to the office yet? The train has already gone.

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪7


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. sleep … … 6. drink … …
sleep slept slept drink drank drunk

2. wake … … 7. leave … …
wake woke woken leave left left

3. get … … 8. come … …
get got got come came come

4. have … … 9. meet … …
have had had meet met met

5. eat … … 10. go … …
eat ate eaten go went gone

6
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART TWO HOLIDAYS

Exercise one. ♪8
Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. spend spent spent


2. fly flew flown
3. drive drove driven
4. take took taken
5. feel felt felt
6. put put put
7. sit sat sat
8. sing sang sung
9. swim swam swum
10. send sent sent

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. ♪9


Listen to the text.

Last year we spent our holiday in Greece. We flew to Athens and then we drove to a small
town at the seaside. The journey took us 10 hours. We felt very tired but happy. My boyfriend
put up a tent, and in the evening we sat around the fire and sang songs. The next day we swam
in the sea and I sent some postcards to our friends.

Exercise three. ♪10


Listen and repeat.

- Last year we spent our holiday in Greece.


- We flew to Athens.
- Then we drove to a small town at the seaside.
- The journey took us 10 hours.
- We felt very tired but happy.
- My boyfriend put up a tent.
- In the evening we sat around the fire and sang songs.
- The next day we swam in the sea.
- I sent some postcards to our friends.

Exercise four. ♪11


Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about your last holiday.

- Where did you spend your last holiday?


- …
- Last year we spent our holiday in Greece.

7
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

- How did you travel? - Where did you sit in the evening?
- … - …
- We flew to Athens. - In the evening we sat around the fire.

- How much time did the journey - What did you do?
take? - …
- … - We sang songs.
- The journey took us 10 hours.
- Where did you swim the next day?
- How did you feel after the journey? - …
- … - We swam in the sea.
- We felt very tired but happy.
- Who did you send the postcards to?
- Who put up your tent? - …
- … - I sent some postcards to our friends.
- My boyfriend put up our tent.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪12


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. Recently I have spent a lot of time with my family.


2. They have just flown to Paris.
3. How many kilometres have you driven today?
4. He has taken a holiday English course.
5. Lately I haven’t felt very well.
6. He has put on his sunglasses.
7. Have you ever sat on horseback?
8. This pop group has sung a new hit song this summer.
9. They have swum 10 kilometres today.
10. She has already sent the invitations for her wedding.

Exercise six. ♪13


Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words.

1. (spend a lot of time with my family)


Recently I have…
Recently I have spent a lot of time with my family.

2. (fly to Paris)
They have just…
They have just flown to Paris.

3. (drive)
How many kilometres have you…?
How many kilometres have you driven today?

8
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

4. (take a holiday English course)


He has…
He has taken a holiday English course.

5. (feel very well)


Lately I haven’t…
Lately I haven’t felt very well.

6. (put on his sunglasses)


He has…
He has put on his sunglasses.

7. (sit on horseback)
Have you ever…?
Have you ever sat on horseback?

8. (sing a new hit song)


This pop group has…
This pop group has sung a new hit song this summer.

9. (swim 10 km)
They have…
They have swum 10 kilometres today.

10. (send the invitations for the wedding)


She has already…
She has already sent the invitations for her wedding.

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪14


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. spend … … 6. put … …
spend spent spent put put put

2. fly … … 7. sit … …
fly flew flown sit sat sat

3. drive … … 8. sing … …
drive drove driven sing sang sung

4. take … … 9. swim … …
take took taken swim swam swum

5. feel … … 10. send … …


feel felt felt send sent sent

9
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART THREE SHOPPING

Exercise one. ♪15


Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. do did done
2. give gave given
3. lose lost lost
4. forget forgot forgotten
5. find found found
6. cost cost cost
7. think thought thought
8. be was/were been
9. buy bought bought
10. pay paid paid

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. ♪16


Listen to the text.

Last week I did the shopping in the supermarket. My mother gave me a shopping list but I lost
it somewhere. As a result I forgot to buy some vegetables and cornflakes. In the clothes
section I found a wonderful skirt but it cost a fortune. I thought it was great so I bought it
anyway. Fortunately, I paid by credit card.

Exercise three. ♪17


Listen and repeat.

- Last week I did the shopping in the - I found a wonderful skirt.


supermarket. - It cost a fortune.
- My mother gave me a shopping list. - I thought it was great.
- I lost it somewhere. - I bought it anyway.
- I forgot to buy some vegetables. - I paid by credit card.

Exercise four. ♪18


Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about you.

- Where did you do the shopping last week?


- …
- Last week I did the shopping in the supermarket.

- What did your mother give you?


- …
- My mother gave me a shopping list.

10
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

- Where did you lose it? - …


- … - It cost a fortune.
- I lost it somewhere.
- What did you think of it?
- What did you forget to buy? - …
- … - I thought it was great.
- I forgot to buy some vegetables.
- What did you buy?
- What did you find in the clothes - …
section? - I bought a skirt.
- …
- I found a wonderful skirt. - How did you pay?
- …
- How much did it cost? - I paid by credit card.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪19


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. Have you done the shopping today?


2. He has given me some money for a new coat.
3. Oh, no! I have lost my purse!
4. They have forgotten about the winter sales in the centre.
5. Have they found that book about Chopin?
6. Our new car has cost a lot of money.
7. Have you thought of buying a new bicycle?
8. 8. I haven’t been to the new shopping centre yet.
9. 9. She has already bought the tickets for the concert.
10. He hasn’t paid for his CDs yet.

Exercise six. ♪20


Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words.

1. (do the shopping)


Have you…?
Have you done the shopping today?
2. (give me some money for a new coat)
He has…
He has given me some money for a new coat.
3. (lose a purse)
I have…!
I have lost my purse!
4. (forget about the winter sales)
They have ….
They have forgotten about the winter sales in the centre.

11
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

5. (find a book about Chopin )


Have they…?
Have they found that book about Chopin?

6. (cost a lot of money)


Our new car has…
Our new car has cost a lot of money.

7. (think of buying a new bicycle)


Have you…?
Have you thought of buying a new bicycle?

8. (be to the new shopping centre)


I haven’t…
I haven’t been to the new shopping centre yet.

9. (buy the tickets for the concert)


She has already…
She has already bought the tickets for the concert.

10. (pay for his CDs)


He hasn’t…
He hasn’t paid for his CDs yet.

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪21


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. do … … 6. cost … …
do did done cost cost cost

2. give … … 7. think … …
give gave given think thought thought

3. lose … … 8. be … …
lose lost lost be was/were been

4. forget … … 9. buy … …
forget forgot forgotten buy bought bought

5. find … … 10. pay … …


find found found pay paid paid

12
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART FOUR FREE TIME

Exercise one. ♪22


Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. build built built


2. begin began begun
3. wear wore worn
4. make made made
5. run ran run
6. break broke broken
7. win won won
8. become became become
9. sell sold sold
10. say said said

Exercise two. Use of the Past Simple forms. ♪23


Listen to the text.

Last year they built a new stadium at our school, and yesterday the school championship
began there. Our school team wore special white and black tracksuits, and the headmaster
made a speech at the opening ceremony. Then the older boys ran a distance of 5 km and our
friend broke the school record. In team sports the girls from the college in the centre won the
volleyball competition but our girls became champions in basketball like a year before. The
school canteen sold sandwiches and sweets, and everybody said they had a great time.

Exercise three. ♪24


Listen and repeat.

- Last year they built a new stadium at our school.


- Yesterday the school championship began.
- Our school team wore special white and black tracksuits.
- The headmaster made a speech at the opening ceremony.
- The older boys ran a distance of 5 km.
- Our friend broke the school record.
- The girls won the volleyball competition.
- Our girls became champions in basketball.
- The school canteen sold sandwiches and sweets.
- Everybody said they had a great time.

13
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

Exercise four. ♪25


Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text.

- Where did they build a new stadium?


- …
- Last year they built a new stadium at our school.

- When did the school championship begin?


- …
- The school championship began yesterday.

- What did the school team wear?


- …
- The school team wore special white and black tracksuits.

- When did the headmaster make a speech?


- …
- The headmaster made a speech at the opening ceremony.

- What distance did the older boys run?


- …
- The older boys ran a distance of 5 km.

- What record did our friend break?


- …
- Our friend broke the school record.

- What team sports did the girls from the centre win?
- …
- The girls won the volleyball competition.

- What did the school canteen sell?


- …
- The school canteen sold sandwiches and sweets.

- What did everybody say about the championship?


- …
- Everybody said they had a great time.

Exercise five. The Past Participle form. ♪26


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. Have they built a new swimming pool in your district?


2. The film festival has just begun in our town.
3. They have worn their special clothes for the party.
4. Has she spoken with you about our plans for the weekend?
5. He has run 10 km today.
6. They have broken many records at the Olympic Games.

14
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

7. Lately our football team has won all its matches.


8. He has become a famous writer.
9. I hope she hasn’t sold the old magazines yet.
10. What have the critics said about his new album?

Exercise six. ♪27


Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words.

1. (build a new swimming pool)


Have they…?
Have they built a new swimming pool in your district?

2. (begin in our town)


The film festival has just…
The film festival has just begun in our town.

3. (wear special clothes for the party)


They have…
They have worn their special clothes for the party.

4. (speak with you about our plans for the weekend)


Has she…?
Has she spoken with you about our plans for the weekend?

5. (run 10 km today)
He has…
He has run 10 km today.

6. (break many records at the Olympic Games)


They have…
They have broken many records at the Olympic Games.

7. (win all its matches)


Lately our football team has…
Lately our football team has won all its matches.

8. (become a famous writer)


He has…
He has become a famous writer.

9. (sell the old magazines)


I hope she hasn’t…
I hope she hasn’t sold the old magazines yet.

10. (say about his new album)


What have the critics…?
What have the critics said about his new album?

15
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪28


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. build … … 6. break … …
build built built break broke broken

2. begin … … 7. win … …
begin began begun win won won

3. wear … … 8. become … …
wear wore worn become became become

4. make … … 9. sell … …
make made made sell sold sold

5. run … … 10. say … …


run ran run say said said

16
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART FIVE AT WORK

Exercise one. ♪29


Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. read read read


2. fall fell fallen
3. see saw seen
4. hear heard heard
5. write wrote written
6. speak spoke spoken
7. tell told told
8. bring brought brought
9. know knew known
10. lend lent lent

Exercise two. Use of the Past Simple forms. ♪30


Listen to the text.

Last week was terrible in our office. First we read last year’s statistics. Unfortunately profits
fell. Then we saw the plans for this year, and we heard about the conference on the new
projects. So I wrote the schedule and spoke with the manager about the details. He told me
about the reductions in the office and brought the sales numbers. I knew the results very well.
Finally, he lent me the materials to read at the weekend. That was enough!

Exercise three. ♪31


Listen and repeat.

- We read last year’s statistics. - He told me about the reductions in


- Unfortunately profits fell. the office.
- We saw the plans for this year. - He brought the sales numbers.
- We heard about the conference. - I knew the results very well.
- I wrote the schedule. - He lent me the materials to read at
- I spoke with the manager about the the weekend.
details.

Exercise four. ♪32


Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text.

- What did they read? - What did they see in the office?
- … - …
- They read last year’s statistics. - They saw the plans for this year.

17
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

- What did they hear about? - What did he bring?


- … - …
- They heard about the conference. - He brought the sales numbers.

- What did he write? - What did he know very well?


- … - …
- He wrote the schedule. - He knew the results very well.

- What did he speak about with the - What did the manager lend him?
manager? - …
- … - The manager lent him the materials
- He spoke with the manager about to read at the weekend.
the details.

- What did the manager tell him


about?
- …
- He told him about the reductions in
the office.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪33


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. Have you seen our new fax machine?


2. They haven’t read the materials for the campaign yet.
3. The sales numbers have fallen dramatically recently.
4. Have you heard about the results?
5. He has written a new computer program.
6. Have they spoken with the advertising agency yet?
7. I have told you everything about the deadlines.
8. They have just brought the new computers to our office.
9. How long have you known about the statistics?
10. We have lent the printer to the finance department.

Exercise six. ♪34


Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words.

1. (read the materials for the campaign)


They haven’t…
They haven’t read the materials for the campaign yet.

2. (fall dramatically)
The sales numbers have…
The sales numbers have fallen dramatically recently.

18
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

3. (see our new fax machine)


Have you…
Have you seen our new fax machine?

4. (hear about the results)


Have you…?
Have you heard about the results?

5. (write a new computer program)


He has…
He has written a new computer program.

6. (speak with the advertising agency)


Have they…?
Have they spoken with the advertising agency yet?

7. (tell you everything about the deadlines)


I have…
I have told you everything about the deadlines.

8. (just bring the new computers to our office)


They have…
They have just brought the new computers to our office.

9. (know about the statistics)


How long have you…?
How long have you known about the statistics?

10. (lend the printer to the finance department)


We have…
We have lent the printer to the finance department.

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪35


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. see … … 6. speak … …
see saw seen speak spoke spoken

2. read … … 7. tell … …
read read read tell told told

3. fall … … 8. bring … …
fall fell fallen bring brought brought

4. hear … … 9. know … …
hear heard heard know knew known

5. write … … 10. lend … …


write wrote written lend lent lent

19
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

PART SIX TEST YOURSELF ♪36

Go through the list of irregular verbs. Complete each example. Then check your answer.

1. be … … 21. go … …
be was/were been go went gone
2. become … … 22. have … …
become became become have had had
3. begin … … 23. hear … …
begin began begun hear heard heard
4. break … … 24. know … …
break broke broken know knew known
5. bring … … 25. leave … …
bring brought brought leave left left
6. build … … 26. lend … …
build built built lend lent lent
7. buy … … 27. lose … …
buy bought bought lose lost lost
8. come … … 28. make … …
come came come make made made
9. cost … … 29. meet … …
cost cost cost meet met met
10. do … … 30. pay … …
do did done pay paid paid
11. drink … … 31. put … …
drink drank drunk put put put
12. drive … … 32. read … …
drive drove driven read read read
13. eat … … 33. run … …
eat ate eaten run ran run
14. fall … … 34. say … …
fall fell fallen say said said
15. feel … … 35. see … …
feel felt felt see saw seen
16. find … … 36. sell … …
find found found sell sold sold
17. fly … … 37. send … …
fly flew flown send sent sent
18. forget … … 38. sing … …
forget forgot forgotten sing sang sung
19. get … … 39. sit … …
get got got sit sat sat
20. give … … 40. sleep … …
give gave given sleep slept slept
20
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level

41. speak … … 46. think … …


speak spoke spoken think thought thought
42. spend … … 47. wake … …
spend spent spent wake woke waken
43. swim … … 48. wear … …
swim swam swum wear wore worn
44. take … … 49. win … …
take took taken win won won
45. tell … … 50. write … …
tell told told write wrote written

21
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSSAIRE

PART ONE A TYPICAL DAY


sleep slept slept dormir
wake woke woken se réveiller
get got got recevoir, obtenir ; ici : get up - se lever
have had had avoir ; ici : have a shower - prendre une douche
eat ate eaten manger
drink drank drunk boire
leave left left laisser, partir
come came come venir
meet met met rencontrer
go went gone aller

PART TWO HOLIDAYS


spend spent spent dépenser, passer
fly flew flown aller (en avion)
drive drove driven conduire, aller (en voiture)
take took taken prendre
feel felt felt se sentir
put put put mettre ; ici : put up a tent - monter une tente
sit sat sat s’asseoir, être assis
sing sang sung chanter
swim swam swum nager, se baigner
send sent sent envoyer

PART THREE SHOPPING


do did done faire
give gave given donner
lose lost lost perdre
forget forgot forgotten oublier
find found found trouver
cost cost cost coûter
think thought thought penser
be was/were been être
buy bought bought acheter
pay paid paid payer

22
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR FREE TIME


build built built construire
begin began begun commencer
wear wore worn porter
make made made faire ; ici : make a speech - faire un discours
run ran run courir
break broke broken casser ; ici : break a record - battre un record
win won won gagner
become became become devenir
sell sold sold vendre
say said said dire

PART FIVE AT WORK


read read read lire
fall fell fallen tomber, baisser
see saw seen voir
hear heard heard entendre
write wrote written écrire
speak spoke spoken parler
tell told told dire, parler
bring brought brought apporter
know knew known savoir, connaître
lend lent lent prêter

23
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - Wörterbuch

PART ONE A TYPICAL DAY


sleep slept slept schlafen
wake woke woken aufwachen
get got got kriegen, bringen, werden; hier: get up - aufstehen
have had had haben, besitzen; hier: have a shower - duschen
eat ate eaten essen, aufessen
drink drank drunk austrinken, trinken
leave left left lassen, liegen lassen, verlassen,
come came come kommen, ankommen, stammen
meet met met treffen, sich mit jemandem treffen, jemanden
kennen lernen, sehen
go went gone gehen, weggehen, fahren

PART TWO HOLIDAYS


spend spent spent verbringen, ausgeben (Geld)
fly flew flown fliegen
drive drove driven Auto fahren, bringen,
take took taken nehmen, hier: dauern
feel felt felt fühlen
put put put legen, hinlegen; hier: put up a tent - Zelt
aufschlagen
sit sat sat sich setzen, sitzen
sing sang sung singen, etwas vorsingen
swim swam swum schwimmen
send sent sent schicken

PART THREE SHOPPING


do did done machen
give gave given geben
lose lost lost verlieren
forget forgot forgotten vergessen
find found found finden, entdecken
cost cost cost kosten
think thought thought denken, meinen
be was/were been sein
buy bought bought kaufen
pay paid paid zahlen

24
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR FREE TIME


build built built bauen
begin began begun anfangen
wear wore worn tragen
make made made machen, tun; hier: make a speech - Rede halten
run ran run laufen
break broke broken brechen; hier: break a record - einen Rekord
brechen
win won won gewinnen
become became become werden
sell sold sold verkaufen
say said said sagen

PART FIVE AT WORK


read read read lesen
fall fell fallen fallen
see saw seen sehen, verstehen
hear heard heard hören
write wrote written schreiben
speak spoke spoken sprechen
tell told told sagen
bring brought brought bringen, verursachen
know knew known wissen, kennen
lend lent lent leihen

25
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - 表表表

PART ONE A TYPICAL DAY


sleep slept slept 寝る
wake woke woken 起きる
get got got (して)もらう、受け取る、得る、身につけ
る。この場合、get up 起きる、立ち上がる
have had had 持つ、ある。この場合、
have a shower シャワーを浴びる
eat ate eaten 食べる
drink drank drunk 飲む
leave left left 残す、出る
come came come 来る
meet met met 会う、知り合う
go went gone 行く

PART TWO HOLIDAYS


spend spent spent 過ごす、(お金を)使う
fly flew flown 飛ぶ
drive drove driven 運転する
take took taken もらう、手に取る、(時間が)かかる
feel felt felt 感じる
put put put 置く、この場合、put up a tent テントを張る
sit sat sat 座る
sing sang sung 歌う
swim swam swum 泳ぐ
send sent sent 送る

PART THREE SHOPPING


do did done する
give gave given あげる、手渡す
lose lost lost 無くす、落とす
forget forgot forgotten 忘れる
find found found 見つける
cost cost cost (の金額、費用が)かかる
think thought thought 考える、思う
be was/were been (で)ある、いる、
buy bought bought 買う、購入する
pay paid paid (お金を)払う

26
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR FREE TIME


build built built 築く、建てる
begin began begun 始める
wear wore worn 着る
make made made 作る、この場合、
make a speech スピーチをする、演説をする
run ran run 走る
break broke broken 折る、破る、壊す、この場合、
break a record 記録を破る
win won won 勝つ
become became become (~に)なる
sell sold sold 売る
say said said 言う、話す

PART FIVE AT WORK


read read read 読む
fall fell fallen 落ちる、散る
see saw seen 見る、
hear heard heard 聞く
write wrote written 書く
speak spoke spoken 話す、会話する
tell told told 言う、語る
bring brought brought 持ってくる
know knew known 知る、分かる
lend lent lent 貸す

27
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - SŁOWNICZEK

PART ONE A TYPICAL DAY


sleep slept slept spać
wake woke woken o/budzić się
get got got dost-ać/awać, przyn-ieść/osić, stawać się; tu: get
up - wstać
have had had mieć, posiadać; tu: have a shower – wziąć prysznic
eat ate eaten z/jeść, z/jadać
drink drank drunk wy/pić, napić się
leave left left zostawi-ć/ać, opu-ścić/szczać, wy-jść/chodzić
come came come przy-jść/chodzić, przyje-chać/żdżać, itd.; pochodzić
meet met met spot-kać/ykać (się), pozna-ć/wać
go went gone chodzić, pójść/iść, po/jechać

PART TWO HOLIDAYS


spend spent spent spędz-ić/ać; wyda-ć/awać (pieniądze)
fly flew flown po/lecieć
drive drove driven prowadzić samochód, zaw-ieźć/ozić
take took taken wziąć/brać, tu: zająć/zabrać (o czasie)
feel felt felt po/czuć (się)
put put put położyć/kłaść; tu: put up a tent - rozstawić namiot
sit sat sat usiąść/siadać, siedzieć
sing sang sung za/śpiewać
swim swam swum pły-nąć/wać, przepłynąć
send sent sent pos-łać/yłać, wys-łać/yłać

PART THREE SHOPPING


do did done z/robić
give gave given da-ć/wać
lose lost lost s/tracić, z/gubić
forget forgot forgotten zapom-nieć/inać
find found found zna-leźć/jdować, odkry-ć/wać
cost cost cost kosztować
think thought thought po/myśleć; sądzić, uważać
be was/were been być
buy bought bought kup-ić/ować
pay paid paid za/płacić

28
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR FREE TIME


build built built z/budować
begin began begun zacz-ąć/ynać
wear wore worn nosić (ubranie)
make made made z/robić; tu: make a speech - wygłosić przemówienie
run ran run biegać, po/biec
break broke broken z/łamać, tu: break a record - pobić rekord
win won won wygr-ać/ywać
become became become sta-ć/awać się, zosta-ć/awać
sell sold sold sprzeda-ć/awać
say said said powiedzieć, mówić

PART FIVE AT WORK


read read read prze/czytać
fall fell fallen spa-ść/dać
see saw seen zobaczyć, widzieć, z/rozumieć
hear heard heard u/słyszeć
write wrote written na/pisać
speak spoke spoken mówić, rozmawiać
tell told told powi-edzieć/adać, mówić
bring brought brought przyni-eść/osić; s/powodować
know knew known wiedzieć, znać
lend lent lent pożycz-yć/ać

29
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSARIO

PART ONE A TYPICAL DAY


sleep slept slept dormir
wake woke woken despertarse
get got got obtener, recibir, conseguir; aquí: get up -
levantarse
have had had tener, pasar; aquí: have ashower - darse una
ducha, aquí: have dinner - cenar
eat ate eaten comer; aquí: eat for breakfast - desayunar
drink drank drunk beber
leave left left marcharse, dejar
come came come venir, llegar; aquí: come back - regresar
meet met met conocer, encontrarse con, ver
go went gone ir

PART TWO HOLIDAYS


spend spent spent gastar, pasar (tiempo)
fly flew flown volar
drive drove driven conducir
take took taken coger,tomar, durar
feel felt felt sentir
put put put poner; aquí: put up a tent - montar una tienda
sit sat sat sentarse; aquí: to sit on horseback - montar a
caballo
sing sang sung cantar
swim swam swum nadar
send sent sent enviar

PART THREE SHOPPING


do did done hacer
give gave given dar
lose lost lost perder
forget forgot forgotten olvidar
find found found encontrar
cost cost cost costar
think thought thought pensar
be was/were been estar
buy bought bought comprar
pay paid paid pagar

30
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR FREE TIME


build built built construir
begin began begun comenzar, empezar
wear wore worn llevar puesto, ponerse
make made made hacer; aquí: make a speach - dar un discurso
run ran run correr
break broke broken romper; aquí: break a record - batir un récord
win won won ganar
become became become llegar a ser, convertirse en; aquí: become
champions - proclamarse campeones
sell sold sold vender
say said said decir

PART FIVE AT WORK


read read read leer
fall fell fallen caer
see saw seen ver
hear heard heard oir
write wrote written escribir
speak spoke spoken hablar
tell told told decir, hablar
bring brought brought traer
know knew known saber, conocer
lend lent lent prestar

31
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - СЛОВАРИК

PART ONE A TYPICAL DAY


sleep slept slept спать
wake woke woken проснуться
get got got получ-ать/ить, прин-ести/осить,
становиться; здесь: get up - встать
have had had иметь, обладать; здесь: have a shower -
принять душ
eat ate eaten сьесть, сьедать
drink drank drunk выпить, напиться
leave left left оставлять, покидать, выходить
come came come приходить, приезжать, происходить
meet met met встретить, встречать, знакомиться
go went gone ходить, пойти, идти

PART TWO HOLIDAYS


spend spent spent тратить(деньги)
fly flew flown полететь/лететь
drive drove driven вести машину, завести,отвести
take took taken взять, брать,забрать; здесь: занять/забрать
(о времени)
feel felt felt почувствовать /чувствовать
put put put положить/класть; здесь: put up a tent -
разбить палатку
sit sat sat сесть/садиться, сидеть
sing sang sung запеть/петь
swim swam swum плынуть/плавать, приплыть
send sent sent послать/посылать, высылать

PART THREE SHOPPING


do did done с/делать
give gave given дать/давать
lose lost lost потерять
forget forgot forgotten забыть/забывать
find found found найти/находить
cost cost cost пробовать
think thought thought подумать, думать
be was/were been быть
buy bought bought купить/покупать
pay paid paid заплатить/платить

32
Irregular Verbs – Elementary Level / Glossary

PART FOUR FREE TIME


build built built построить/строить
begin began begun начинать/начать
wear wore worn носить(одежду)
make made made сделать/делать; здесь: make a speech -
произнести речь
run ran run бегать, побежать
break broke broken сломать/ломать; здесь: break a rekord - побить
рекорд
win won won выиграть /выигрывать
become became become становиться
sell sold sold продать/продавать
say said said говорить,сказать

PART FIVE AT WORK


read read read прочитать/читать
fall fell fallen упасть/падать
see saw seen увидеть/видеть
hear heard heard услышать/слышать
write wrote written написать/писать
speak spoke spoken говорить, разговаривать
tell told told сказать, говорить
bring brought brought принести/приносить
know knew known знать
lend lent lent одолжи/одалживать

33
English Vocabulary
2. Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level
PART ONE HOBBIES

Exercise one. ♪1
Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. dream dreamt/ dreamt/


dreamed dreamed
2. catch caught caught
3. draw drew drawn
4. keep kept kept
5. stick stuck stuck
6. feed fed fed
7. bite bit bitten
8. grow grew grown
9. smell smelt/ smelt/
smelled smelled
10. throw threw thrown

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. ♪2


Listen to the text.

When I was a child I dreamt of having an exceptional hobby. First I caught butterflies in the
meadows nearby. I drew their pictures and stuck them on the walls around the house. After a
few months I found a hen in the field so I kept it. I fed it regularly but our dog bit her badly
and she died. In summer I grew some herbs on the window sill. They smelt wonderful but
then my mother threw them away.

Exercise three. ♪3
Listen and repeat.

- I dreamt of having an exceptional hobby.


- I caught butterflies in the meadows nearby.
- I drew their pictures.
- I stuck them on the walls around the house.
- I kept it.
- I fed it regularly.
- Our dog bit her badly.
- In summer I grew some herbs on the window sill.
- They smelt wonderful.
- My mother threw them away.
34
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. ♪4
Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text.

- What did she dream of when she was a child?


- …
- She dreamt of having an exceptional hobby.

- Where did she catch butterflies?


- …
- She caught butterflies in the meadows nearby.

- What pictures did she draw?


- …
- She drew pictures of butterflies.

- Where did she stick them?


- …
- She stuck them on the walls around the house.

- What animal did she keep?


- …
- She kept a hen.

- How often did she feed her hen?


- …
- She fed her regularly.

- How did the dog bite her?


- …
- The dog bit her badly.

- What plants did she grow in summer?


- …
- She grew some herbs on the window sill.

- How did they smell?


- …
- They smelt wonderful.

- What did her mother throw away?


- …
- She threw the herbs away.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪5


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. They have always dreamt of adventurous holidays.


2. He has caught various species of insects in the tropical forests.
3. A teacher has drawn a map for the pupils to find the hidden treasure.

35
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. She has stuck photos with glue in the family album.


5. I have kept an abandoned cat.
6. Have you fed the fish yet?
7. My dog has bitten a large hole in my trousers.
8. They have grown unusual vegetables in their garden.
9. Have you smelt anything unusual here?
10. She has thrown away all the old toys.

Exercise six. ♪6
Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words in the Present Perfect tense.

1. (dream of adventurous holidays)


They have always…
They have always dreamt of adventurous holidays.

2. (catch various species of insects)


He has…
He has caught various species of insects.

3. (draw a map for the pupils)


A teacher has…
A teacher has drawn a map for the pupils.

4. (stick photos with glue in the family album)


She has…
She has stuck photos with glue in the family album.

5. (keep an abandoned cat)


I have…
I have kept an abandoned cat.

6. (feed the fish)


Have you…?
Have you fed the fish yet?

7. (bite a large hole in my trousers)


My dog has…
My dog has bitten a large hole in my trousers.

8. (grow unusual vegetables in the garden)


They have…
They have grown unusual vegetables in their garden.

9. (smell something unusual here)


Have you…?
Have you smelt anything unusual here?

36
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

10. (throw away all the old toys)


She has…
She has thrown away all the old toys.

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪7


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.
1. dream … …
dream dreamt/ dreamt/
dreamed dreamed
2. catch … …
catch caught caught
3. draw … …
draw drew drawn
4. keep … …
keep kept kept
5. stick … …
stick stuck stuck
6. feed … …
feed fed fed
7. bite … …
bite bit bitten
8. grow … …
grow grew grown
9. smell … …
smell smelt/ smelt/
smelled smelled
10. throw … …
throw threw thrown

37
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART TWO A TRIP

Exercise one. ♪8
Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. hide hid hidden


2. rise rose risen
3. set set set
4. stand stood stood
5. blow blew blown
6. spread spread spread
7. lie lay lain
8. shine shone shone
9. hit hit hit
10. hurt hurt hurt

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. ♪9


Listen to the text.

Last weekend I hid from the whole world high in the mountains. When the sun rose early in
the morning I set out for a trip. After three hours’ walk I stood on the peak feeling tired but
very happy. The wind blew lightly on my face and a splendid view spread out in front of me.
Several tiny villages lay far down in the distance, and the dark blue streams shone brightly in
the sunshine. However, on the way back I hit a stone on the path and I hurt my leg a little.
Nevertheless, it was an unforgettable day.

Exercise three. ♪10


Listen and repeat.

- Last weekend I hid in the mountains.


- The sun rose early in the morning.
- I set out for a trip.
- After three hours’ walk I stood on the peak.
- The wind blew lightly on my face.
- A splendid view spread out in front of me.
- Several tiny villages lay far down in the distance.
- The dark blue streams shone brightly in the sunshine.
- On the way back I hit a stone on the path.
- I hurt my leg a little.

38
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. ♪11


Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text.

- Where did he hide last weekend?


- …
- Last weekend he hid in the mountains.

- When did the sun rise?


- …
- The sun rose early in the morning.

- Where did he set out?


- …
- He set out for a trip.

- When did he stand on the peak?


- …
- After three hours’ walk he stood on the peak.

- How did the wind blow on his face?


- …
- The wind blew lightly on his face.

- Where did the view spread out?


- …
- A splendid view spread out in front of him.

- Where did the villages lie?


- …
- Several tiny villages lay far down in the distance.

- How did the streams shine?


- …
- The dark blue streams shone brightly in the sunshine.

- What did he hit on the way back?


- …
- On the way back he hit a stone on the path.

- What did he hurt?


- …
- He hurt his leg a little.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪12


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. The supplies were hidden in case of heavy rain.


2. The river has risen after the rain.
3. The price of the school trip was set at €75.

39
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. Several trees were blown down in the storm.


5. Lately the village has spread out rapidly.
6. They have always stood together in order to get what they wanted.
7. The little village has lain in ruins since the war.
8. The sun has shone all day today.
9. The roof of the old shed was hit by the lightning.
10. His feet were badly hurt during a long walk in the mountains.

Exercise six. ♪13


Practise the Past Participle forms. Change the sentences into the Passive beginning with
the words given.

1. They hid the supplies in case of heavy rain.


The supplies…
The supplies were hidden in case of heavy rain.

2. They set the price of the school trip at €75.


The price of the school trip…
The price of the school trip was set at €75.

3. The storm blew down several trees.


Several trees…
Several trees were blown down by the storm.

4. Lightning hit the roof of the old shed.


The roof of the old shed…
The roof of the old shed was hit by lightning.

5. He hurt his feet badly during a long walk in the mountains.


His feet…
His feet were badly hurt during a long walk in the mountains.

Exercise seven. ♪14


Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words in the Present Perfect tense.

1. (rise after the rain)


The river has…
The river has risen after the rain.

2. (spread out rapidly)


Lately the village has…
Lately the village has spread out rapidly.

3. (stand together in order to get what you want)


They have always…
They have always stood together in order to get what they wanted.

40
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. (lie in ruins since the war)


The little village has…
The little village has lain in ruins since the war.

5. (shine all day today)


The sun has…
The sun has shone all day today.

Exercise eight. Revision. ♪15


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. hide … …
hide hid hidden

2. rise … …
rise rose risen

3. set … …
set set set

4. stand … …
stand stood stood

5. blow … …
blow blew blown

6. spread … …
spread spread spread

7. lie … …
lie lay lain

8. shine … …
shine shone shone

9. hit … …
hit hit hit

10. hurt … …
hurt hurt hurt

41
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART THREE THE CEREMONY

Exercise one. ♪16


Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. hold held held


2. hang hung hung
hang hanged hanged
3. let let let
4. lead led led
5. ride rode ridden
6. wind wound wound
7. show showed shown
8. choose chose chosen
9. light lit lit
10. burn burnt/ burnt/
burned burned

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. ♪17


Listen to the text.

Last month the town council held a festival to celebrate the town’s five-hundredth birthday.
They hung decorations in the streets and let the music bands play on the green. On the day
itself local celebrities led the parade through the town, and the policemen, dressed in their
ceremonial outfits, rode horses in front of them. The parade wound through the streets to the
Town Hall where The Regional Crafts Contest was organised. The local artists showed their
works and the authorities chose the winner. In the evening people lit fireworks but
unfortunately an accident happened and a 13-year-old boy badly burned his stomach and
hands.

Exercise three. ♪18


Listen and repeat.

- Last month the town council held a festival.


- They hung decorations in the streets.
- They let the music bands play on the green.
- Local celebrities led the parade through the town.
- The policemen rode horses in front of the parade.
- The parade wound through the streets to the Town Hall.
- The local artists showed their works.
- The authorities chose the winner.
- In the evening people lit fireworks.
- A boy badly burned his stomach and hands.

42
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. ♪19


Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text.

- What did the town council hold to celebrate the town’s birthday?
- …
- The town council held a festival.

- What did they hang in the streets?


- …
- They hung decorations in the streets.

- Where did the authorities let the music bands play?


- …
- They let the music bands play on the green.

- Where did local celebrities lead the parade?


- …
- Local celebrities led the parade through the town.

- Where did the policemen ride horses?


- …
- The policemen rode horses in front of the parade.

- Where did the parade wind?


- …
- The parade wound through the streets to the Town Hall.

- What did the local artists show?


- …
- The local artists showed their works.

- Who did the authorities choose at the contest?


- …
- The authorities chose the winner.

- What did people light in the evening?


- …
- In the evening people lit fireworks.

- What did a boy burn badly?


- …
- A boy badly burned his stomach and hands.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪20


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. The Chinese New Year festivities are held at the end of January.
2. Streamers and balloons are hung to decorate houses for New Year’s Eve.
3. The top floor of the house is let out to the young couple.

43
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. The procession was led by the priest through the streets of the town.
5. The winning horse was ridden by a novice.
6. The old town clock was wound up for the ceremony.
7. The performance of traditional old dances was shown at the end of the ceremony.
8. The country’s national clothes were chosen for the annual fair.
9. The candles were lit in the reception room.
10. On the first day of spring, Mary dolls are burned to force out the winter.

Exercise six. ♪21


Practise the Past Participle forms. Change the sentences into the Passive beginning with
the words given.

1. They hold the Chinese New Year festivities at the end of January.
The Chinese New Year festivities…
The Chinese New Year festivities are held at the end of January.

2. They hang streamers and balloons to decorate houses for New Year’s Eve.
Streamers and balloons…
Streamers and balloons are hung to decorate houses for New Year’s Eve.

3. They let out the top floor of the house to a young couple.
The top floor of the house…
The top floor of the house is let out to a young couple.

4. The priest led the procession through the streets of the town.
The procession…
The procession was led by the priest through the streets of the town.

5. A novice rode the winning horse.


The winning horse…
The winning horse was ridden by a novice.

6. They wound up the old town clock for the ceremony.


The old town clock…
The old town clock was wound up for the ceremony.

7. They showed the performance of traditional old dances at the end of the ceremony.
The performance of traditional old dances…
The performance of traditional old dances was shown at the end of the ceremony.

8. They chose the country’s national clothes for the annual fair.
The country’s national clothes…
The country’s national clothes were chosen for the annual fair.

9. They lit the candles in the reception room.


The candles…
The candles were lit in the reception room.

44
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

10. On the first day of spring, people burn Mary dolls to force out the winter.
On the first day of spring, Mary dolls…
On the first day of spring, Mary dolls are burned to force out the winter.

Exercise seven. Revision. ♪22


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. hold … …
hold held held

2. hang … …
hang hung hung
(hanged (hanged)

3. let … …
let let let

4. lead … …
lead led led

5. ride … …
ride rode ridden

6. wind … …
wind wound wound

7. show … …
show showed shown

8. choose … …
choose chose chosen

9. light … …
light lit li

10. burn … …
burn burnt/ burnt/
burned burned

45
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART FOUR A DISASTER

Exercise one. ♪23


Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. strike struck struck


2. burst burst burst
3. fight fought fought
4. ring rang rung
5. deal dealt dealt
6. sink sank sunk
7. seek sought sought
8. can could been able to
9. freeze froze frozen
10. spill spilt spilt

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. ♪24


Listen to the news.

Disaster struck in the town of Ipswich early in the morning when flames burst out in the
apartment block in the centre. The residents immediately rang for the Fire Brigade, which
fought with the fire until noon but they did not manage to save the building. Fortunately,
people were evacuated safely with no injuries, and the town authorities dealt with the problem
of temporary accommodation for them.

An oil tanker sank during the storm in the North Sea yesterday evening. Although three
rescue teams sought the victims, they could not save all of them. Two seamen froze to death
because of the low temperatures. To make it worse, the oil spilt on the surface of the sea,
which made the rescue action even more difficult.

Exercise three. ♪25


Listen and repeat.

- Disaster struck in the town of Ipswich early in the morning.


- The flames burst out in the apartment block in the centre.
- The residents immediately rang for the Fire Brigade.
- They fought with the fire until noon.
- The town authorities dealt with the problem of temporary accommodation.
- An oil tanker sank during the storm in the North Sea.
- Three rescue teams sought the victims.
- They could not save all of them.
- Two seamen froze to death.
- The oil spilt on the surface of the sea.

46
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. ♪26


Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the news.

- When did disaster strike in the town of Ipswich?


- …
- Disaster struck in the town of Ipswich early in the morning.

- Where did the flames burst out?


- …
- The flames burst out in the apartment block in the centre.

- Who did the residents ring for?


- …
- The residents immediately rang for the Fire Brigade.

- How long did the fire brigade fight with the fire?
- …
- They fought with the fire until noon.

- What problem did the town authorities deal with?


- …
- The town authorities dealt with the problem of temporary accommodation.

- Where did an oil tanker sink during the storm?


- …
- An oil tanker sank during the storm in the North Sea.

- Who did the rescue team seek?


- …
- The rescue teams sought the victims.

- Could they save all the victims?


- …
- No, they could not.

- Why did the two seamen freeze to death?


- …
- They froze to death because of the low temperatures.

- Where did the oil spill?


- …
- The oil spilt on the surface of the sea.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪27


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. A climber was struck on the head by a falling stone.


2. The door was burst open with a sudden blow of the wind.
3. The two enemy armies have fought to a finish.

47
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. Have you rung for an ambulance yet?


5. All complaints are dealt with by the manager.
6. The flood waters have not sunk for many days.
7. Shelter from the heavy snow was sought by mountaineers.
8. They have not been able to predict the results of the earthquake.
9. Many roads were frozen in Northern Ireland.
10. The waters have already spilt over the river banks.

Exercise six. ♪28


Practise the Past Participle forms. Change the sentences into the Passive beginning with
the words given.

1. A falling stone struck a climber on the head.


A climber…
A climber was struck on the head by a falling stone.

2. A sudden blow of the wind burst the door open.


The door…
The door was burst open with a sudden blow of the wind.

3. The manager deals with all complaints.


All complaints…
All complaints are dealt with by the manager.

4. The mountaineers sought shelter from the heavy snow.


Shelter from the heavy snow…
Shelter from the heavy snow was sought by the mountaineers.

5. The severe cold froze many roads in Northern Ireland.


Many roads…
Many roads were frozen in Northern Ireland.

Exercise seven. ♪29


Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words in the Present Perfect tense.

1. (fight to a finish)
The two enemy armies have…
The two enemy armies have fought to a finish.

2. (ring for an ambulance)


Have you…
Have you rung for an ambulance yet?

3. (sink for many days)


The flood waters have not…
The flood waters have not sunk for many days.

48
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. (be able to predict the results of the earthquake)


They have not…
They have not been able to predict the results of the earthquake.

5. (spill over the river banks)


The waters have already…
The waters have already spilt over the river banks.

Exercise eight. Revision. ♪30


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. strike … …
strike struck struck

2. burst … …
burst burst burst

3. fight … …
fight fought fought

4. ring … …
ring rang rung

5. deal … …
deal dealt dealt

6. sink … …
sink sank sunk

7. seek … …
seek sought sought

8. can … …
can could been able to

9. freeze … …
freeze froze frozen

10. spill … …
spill spilt spilt

49
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART FIVE A SCHOOL TEST

Exercise one. ♪31


Listen to the verb forms and repeat them after the speaker.

1. swear swore sworn


2. learn learnt/ learnt/
learned learned
3. steal stole stolen
4. lay laid laid
5. understand understood understood
6. teach taught taught
7. tear tore torn
8. forgive forgave forgiven
9. cut cut cut
10. forbid forbade forbidden

Exercise two. The Past Simple forms. ♪32


Listen to the text.

Although Peter swore to prepare for his final examinations, he learnt hardly anything before
the tests. Football stole almost all his time and when the teacher laid the tests on the tables, he
understood his difficult situation. His mother taught him never to give up. However, no matter
how hard he tried, it was hopeless and finally he tore up the examination papers and left. His
parents always forgave him small slips but not this time. They cut his pocket money and
forbade him to play football until he had better results.

Exercise three. ♪33


Listen and repeat.

- Peter swore to prepare for his final examinations.


- He learnt hardly anything before the tests.
- Football stole almost all his time.
- The teacher laid the tests on the tables.
- He understood his difficult situation.
- His mother taught him never to give up.
- Finally he tore up the examination papers.
- His parents always forgave him small slips.
- They cut his pocket money.
- They forbade him to play football until he had better results.

50
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

Exercise four. ♪34


Practise the Past Simple forms. Answer the questions about the text.

- What did Peter swear?


- …
- Peter swore to prepare for his final examinations.

- What did he learn before the tests?


- …
- He learnt hardly anything before the tests.

- What did football steal from him?


- …
- Football stole almost all his time.

- What did the teacher lay on the tables?


- …
- The teacher laid the tests on the tables.

- What did Peter understand?


- …
- He understood his difficult situation.

- What did Peter’s mother teach him?


- …
- His mother taught him never to give up.

- What did he tear up?


- …
- He tore up the examination papers.

- What did his parents forgive him?


- …
- His parents always forgave him small slips.

- What did they cut?


- …
- They cut his pocket money.

- What did they forbid him to do?


- …
- They forbade him to play football until he had better results.

Exercise five. The Past Participle forms. ♪35


Listen and repeat the sentences.

1. He has sworn to attend all the lectures.


2. They have learnt the poem by heart.
3. Two computers were stolen from the school lab yesterday.

51
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. A serious charge was laid against you by the teacher.


5. The necessity to work hard is rarely understood by pupils.
6. They were taught a new method during the course.
7. The pupils have torn the photos out of the old magazines.
8. His parents have forgiven all his mistakes.
9. The headmaster has cut the budget for sport facilities by half.
10. Smoking is forbidden at the school.

Exercise six. ♪36


Practise the Past Participle forms. Change the sentences into the Passive beginning with
the words given.

1. Somebody stole two computers from the school lab yesterday.


Two computers…
Two computers were stolen from the school lab yesterday.

2. The teacher laid a serious charge against you.


A serious charge…
A serious charge was laid against you by the teacher.

3. Pupils rarely understand the necessity to work hard.


The necessity to work hard…
The necessity to work hard is rarely understood by pupils.

4. The teacher taught them a new method during the course.


They…
They were taught a new method during the course.

5. The law forbids smoking at the school.


Smoking…
Smoking is forbidden at the school.

Exercise seven. ♪37


Practise the Past Participle forms. Use the phrases given and complete the sentences with
the correct words in the Present Perfect tense.

1. (swear to attend all the lectures)


He has…
He has sworn to attend all the lectures.

2. (learn the poem by heart)


They have…
They have learnt the poem by heart.

3. (tear the photos out of the old magazines)


The pupils have…
The pupils have torn the photos out of the old magazines.

52
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

4. (forgive all his mistakes)


His parents have…
His parents have forgiven all his mistakes.

5. (cut the budget for sport facilities by half)


The headmaster has…
The headmaster has cut the budget for sport facilities by half.

Exercise eight. Revision. ♪38


Check if you remember the verb forms and complete each example with the other two
forms.

1. swear … …
swear swore sworn

2. learn … …
learn learnt/ learnt/
learned learned

3. steal … …
steal stole stolen

4. lay … …
lay laid laid

5. understand … …
understand understood understood

6. teach … …
teach taught taught

7. tear … …
tear tore torn

8. forgive … …
forgive forgave forgiven

9. cut … …
cut cut cut

10. forbid … …
forbid forbade forbidden

53
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

PART SIX TEST YOURSELF ♪39

Go through the list of irregular verbs. Complete each example. Then check your answer.

1. bite … … 20. hit … …


bite bit bitten hit hit hit
2. blow … … 21. hold … …
blow blew blown hold held held
3. burn … … 22. hurt … …
burn burnt burnt hurt hurt hurt
4. burst … … 23. keep … …
burst burst burst keep kept kept
5. can … … 24. lay … …
can could been able to lay laid laid
6. catch … … 25. lead … …
catch caught caught lead led led
7. choose … … 26. learn … …
choose chose chosen learn learnt/ learnt/
8. cut … … learned learned
cut cut cut 27. let … …
9. deal … … let let let
deal dealt dealt 28. lie … …
10. draw … … lie lay lain
draw drew drawn 29. light … …
11. dream … … light lit lit
dream dreamt/ dreamt/ 30. ride … …
dreamed dreamed ride rode ridden
12. feed … … 31. ring … …
feed fed fed ring rang rung
13. fight … … 32. rise … …
fight fought fought rise rose risen
14. forbid … … 33. seek … …
forbid forbade forbidden seek sought sought
15. forgive … … 34. set … …
forgive forgave forgiven set set set
16. freeze … … 35. shine … …
freeze froze frozen shine shone shone
17. grow … … 36. show … …
grow grew grown show showed shown
18. hang … … 37. sink … …
hang hung/ hung/ sink sank sunk
hanged hanged 38. smell … …
19. hide … … smell smelt/ smelt/
hide hid hidden smelled smelled
54
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level

39. spill … … 45. swear … …


spill spilt spilt swear swore sworn
40. spread … … 46. teach … …
spread spread spread teach taught taught
41. stand … … 47. tear … …
stand stood stood tear tore torn
42. steal … … 48. throw … …
steal stole stolen throw threw thrown
43. stick … … 49. understand … …
stick stuck stuck understand understood understood
44. strike … … 50. wind … …
strike struck struck wind wound wound

55
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSSAIRE

PART ONE HOBBIES


dream dreamt/ dreamt/ rêver
dreamed dreamed
catch caught caught attraper
draw drew drawn dessiner
keep kept kept garder
stick stuck stuck coller
feed fed fed nourrir
bite bit bitten mordre
grow grew grown pousser
smell smelt/ smelt/ sentir
smelled smelled
throw threw thrown jeter

PART TWO A TRIP


hide hid hidden cacher
rise rose risen (se) lever
set set set mettre en place, fixer ; ici : set out - partir en
voyage
stand stood stood être debout
blow blew blown souffler
spread spread spread (s’)étendre
lie lay lain être couché / par terre, être situé
shine shone shone briller, scintiller
hit hit hit heurter
hurt hurt hurt blesser / faire mal

PART THREE THE CEREMONY


hold held held arrêter, tenir
hang hung hung suspendre
hang hanged hanged pendre (quelqu’un sur une potence)
let let let permettre, laisser
lead led led mener
ride rode ridden faire (du vélo, du cheval), aller à cheval
wind wound wound (s’)enrouler, serpenter
show showed shown montrer, exposer
choose chose chosen choisir
light lit lit allumer
burn burnt/ burnt/ brûler
burned burned

56
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR A DISASTER


strike struck struck frapper
burst burst burst exploser, éclater
fight fought fought affronter, combattre
ring rang rung sonner, téléphoner, appeler
deal dealt dealt donner ; ici : deal with - s’occuper de
sink sank sunk couler
seek sought sought rechercher
can could been able to pouvoir
freeze froze frozen geler ; ici : freeze to death - mourir de froid
spill spilt spilt se déverser, se répandre

PART FIVE A SCHOOL TEST


swear swore sworn jurer
learn learnt/ learnt / apprendre
learned learned
steal stole stolen voler
lay laid laid poser
understand understood understood comprendre
teach taught taught apprendre, enseigner
tear tore torn déchirer
forgive forgave forgiven pardonner
cut cut cut couper, supprimer
forbid forbade forbidden interdire

57
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - Wörterbuch

PART ONE HOBBIES


dream dreamt/ dreamt/ träumen
dreamed dreamed
catch caught caught fangen
draw drew drawn rausziehen, zeichnen
keep kept kept behalten, beachten
stick stuck stuck reinschlagen, kleben
feed fed fed füttern
bite bit bitten abbeißen, beißen
grow grew grown wachsen, anbauen, züchten
smell smelt/ smelt/ riechen
smelled smelled
throw threw thrown werfen; hier: throw away - wegwerfen

PART TWO A TRIP


hide hid hidden verstecken
rise rose risen aufheben, aufstehen, aufgehen (Sonne)
set set set Legen, hinlegen, stellen, einstellen, festlegen; hier:
set out - aufbrechen
stand stood stood stehen
blow blew blown wehen, blasen
spread spread spread sich erstrecken, ausstrecken
lie lay lain liegen
shine shone shone leuchten
hit hit hit schlagen,(sich) stoßen, treffen
hurt hurt hurt verletzen, weh tun

PART THREE THE CEREMONY


hold held held halten, sich unterhalten, veranstalten (z.B. ein
Fest), feiern
hang hung hung (etwas) hängen, aufhängen
hang hanged hanged (jemanden am Galgen) aufhängen
let let let erlauben, lassen
lead led led führen
ride rode ridden fahren, Rad fahren, reiten
wind wound wound aufziehen, drehen, sich schlängeln
show showed shown zeigen
choose chose chosen auswählen, wählen
light lit lit anzünden
burn burnt/ burnt/ (sich) verbrennen
burned burned

58
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR A DISASTER


strike struck struck hauen, treffen
burst burst burst sprengen, explodieren, platzen, ausbrechen,
aufgehen
fight fought fought kämpfen
ring rang rung klingeln, anrufen, rufen
deal dealt dealt verteilen;hier: deal with - sich (mit etwas)
beschäftigen
sink sank sunk versinken, versenken
seek sought sought suchen, auf die Suche gehen
can could been able können, schaffen
to
freeze froze frozen erfrieren, einfrieren, zufrieren
spill spilt spilt verschütten, auslaufen, treten

PART FIVE A SCHOOL TEST


swear swore sworn fluchen, versprechen, schwören
learn learnt/ learnt / etwas lernen
learned learned
steal stole stolen stehlen
lay laid laid liegen, legen, hinlegen
understand understood understood verstehen
teach taught taught jdn. lehren, jdm. etwas beibringen, unterrichten
tear tore torn zerreißen, entführen
forgive forgave forgiven vergeben, verzeihen
cut cut cut schneiden, abschneiden, kürzen
forbid forbade forbidden verbieten

59
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - 表表表

PART ONE HOBBIES


dream dreamt/ dreamt/ 夢を見る、夢見る
dreamed dreamed
catch caught caught 手に取る
draw drew drawn 引く、描く
keep kept kept 守る、持ち続ける、保つ、(止める)
stick stuck stuck 刺す、突き刺す、貼り付ける
feed fed fed 餌を与える、食べ物を食べさせる
bite bit bitten 噛む
grow grew grown 成長する
smell smelt/ smelt/ (臭いを)嗅ぐ
smelled smelled
throw threw thrown 投げる、この場合は、throw away 捨てる

PART TWO A TRIP


hide hid hidden 隠す
rise rose risen 上げる、掲げる、上がる、上る
set set set 置く、決める、この場合は、set out 旅立つ
stand stood stood 立つ
blow blew blown 吹く
spread spread spread 広げる
lie lay lain 置かれる、横になる
shine shone shone 輝く
hit hit hit 打つ、ぶつける
hurt hurt hurt 傷つける、けがをさせる

PART THREE THE CEREMONY


hold held held 持つ、握る、止める、とどめる、保っておく、
催す
hang hung hung かける、掲げる
hang hanged hanged 絞首刑にする
let let let 許す、させる
lead led led 導く、案内する
ride rode ridden 乗る(馬、自転車など)
wind wound wound 巻く、回る、うねる
show showed shown 見せる
choose chose chosen 選ぶ
light lit lit (火、電気などを)つける、
burn burnt/ burnt/ 燃やす、やけどをする
burned burned

60
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR A DISASTER


strike struck struck 打つ、たたく、投げる、当てる、当たる
burst burst burst 爆発する、破裂する
fight fought fought 戦う
ring rang rung (音を)鳴らす、電話をかける
deal dealt dealt 配る、この場合、
deal with (問題などを)扱う、処理する
sink sank sunk 沈む、沈没する
seek sought sought 捜す
can could been able ~(が)できる
to
freeze froze frozen 凍る
spill spilt spilt こぼす、こぼれる、漏れる

PART FIVE A SCHOOL TEST


swear swore sworn 約束する、誓う
learn learnt/ learnt / 勉強する、学ぶ
learned learned
steal stole stolen 盗む
lay laid laid 置く、寝かせる
understand understood understood 分かる、理解する
teach taught taught 教える
tear tore torn 引き裂く、破る
forgive forgave forgiven 許す
cut cut cut 切る、切り捨てる
forbid forbade forbidden 禁じる、禁止する

61
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - SŁOWNICZEK

PART ONE HOBBIES


dream dreamt/ dreamt/ śnić, marzyć
dreamed dreamed
catch caught caught z/łapać
draw drew drawn wyciąg-nąć/ać, na/rysować
keep kept kept za/trzymać, przestrzegać
stick stuck stuck wbi-ć/jać, przy/kleić
feed fed fed na/karmić
bite bit bitten u/gryźć
grow grew grown rosnąć, uprawiać, hodować
smell smelt/ smelt/ pachnieć, po/czuć zapach
smelled smelled
throw threw thrown rzu-cić/cać; tu: throw away - wyrzu-cić/cać

PART TWO A TRIP


hide hid hidden u/kry-ć/wać, s/chować
rise rose risen podn-ieść/osić, wsta-ć/wać, wschodzić(o słońcu)
set set set położyć/kłaść, ustawi-ć/ać, ustal-ić/ać; tu: set out
- wyruszyć w drogę
stand stood stood stać
blow blew blown wiać, dmuchać
spread spread spread rozciąg-nąć/ać (się)
lie lay lain leżeć
shine shone shone za/świecić (się)
hit hit hit uderz-yć/ać
hurt hurt hurt z/ranić, s/kaleczyć; sprawiać ból

PART THREE THE CEREMONY


hold held held u/trzymać (się), powstrzymać, obchodzić(np.
święto)
hang hung hung powiesić, zawiesić
hang hanged hanged powiesić (kogoś na szubiennicy)
let let let pozw-olić/ać
lead led led po/prowadzić
ride rode ridden po/jechać (np. konno, na rowerze)
wind wound wound nawi-nąć/jać, nakrę-cić/cać, wić się
show showed shown pokaz-ać/ywać
choose chose chosen wyb-rać/ierać
light lit lit zapal-ić/ać
burn burnt/ burnt/ s/palić (się), po/parzyć
burned burned

62
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR A DISASTER


strike struck struck uderz-yć/ać
burst burst burst wysadz-ić/ać, wybuchnąć, pęknąć
fight fought fought walczyć
ring rang rung za/dzwonić
deal dealt dealt rozd-ać/awać, tu: deal with - zająć się
sink sank sunk za/tonąć, zat-opić/apiać
seek sought sought szukać, poszukiwać
can could been able to móc, zdołać, potrafić, umieć
freeze froze frozen za/marznąć, zamr-ozić/ażać
spill spilt spilt rozl-ać/ewać (się)

PART FIVE A SCHOOL TEST


swear swore sworn przeklinać, przysi-ąc/ęgać
learn learnt/ learnt / na/uczyć się
learned learned
steal stole stolen u/kraść
lay laid laid położyć/kłaść
understand understood understood z/rozumieć
teach taught taught na/uczyć (kogoś), nauczać
tear tore torn po/drzeć, po/rwać
forgive forgave forgiven wybacz-yć/ać
cut cut cut po/ciąć, obci-ąć/nać
forbid forbade forbidden zakaz-ać/ywać

63
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSARIO

PART ONE HOBBIES


dream dreamt/ dreamt/ soñar
dreamed dreamed
catch caught caught coger
draw drew drawn dibujar, pintar
keep kept kept guardar; aquí: cuidar
stick stuck stuck pegar
feed fed fed alimentar
bite bit bitten morder
grow grew grown cultivar, crecer
smell smelt/ smelt/ oler
smelled smelled
throw threw thrown lanzar; aquí: throw away - tirar

PART TWO A TRIP


hide hid hidden esconderse, guardar
rise rose risen subir, surgir; aquí: the sun rose - el sol salió
set set set colocar, poner, fijar; aquí: set out - comenzar,
ponerse en camino
stand stood stood estar de pie, permanacer, alcanzar
blow blew blown soplar; aquí: blow down - derribar
spread spread spread extenderse, dispersarse, expandirse
lie lay lain extenderse
shine shone shone brillar
hit hit hit golpear
hurt hurt hurt doler, hacerse

PART THREE THE CEREMONY


hold held held exponer
hang hung hung colgar, exponer
hang hanged hanged colgar
let let let dejar, permitir
lead led led dirigir
ride rode ridden montar
wind wound wound serpentear; aquí: wind up - dar cuerda
show showed shown mostrar, enseñar
choose chose chosen elegir, escoger
light lit lit encender, iluminar
burn burnt/ burnt/ quemar
burned burned

64
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR A DISASTER


strike struck struck sobrevenir, golpear, atacar
burst burst burst romper, desatarse un fuego; aquí: burst open -
abrir violentamente.
fight fought fought luchar
ring rang rung llamar, telefonear
deal dealt dealt tratar, acordar, tramitar; aquí: deal with -
tratar con
sink sank sunk hundir, bajar
seek sought sought buscar, solicitar
can could been able to poder
freeze froze frozen congelarse, helarse
spill spilt spilt derramar; aquí: spill over - sobrepasar

PART FIVE A SCHOOL TEST


swear swore sworn jurar
learn learnt/ learnt/ aprende
learned learned
steal stole stolen robar, quitar
lay laid laid poner, presentar
understand understood understood comprender, entender
teach taught taught enseñar
tear tore torn rasgar, hacer pedazos, arrancar
forgive forgave forgiven perdonar
cut cut cut cortar
forbid forbade forbidden prohibir

65
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

GLOSSARY - СЛОВАРИК

PART ONE HOBBIES


dream dreamt/ dreamt/ сниться/мечтать
dreamed dreamed
catch caught caught ловить. поймать
draw drew drawn вытянуть, рисование
keep kept kept держать, придерживаться
stick stuck stuck вбить/вбивать
feed fed fed накормить/кормить
bite bit bitten укусить/кусать
grow grew grown расти
smell smelt/ smelt/ пахнуть, почувствовать запах
smelled smelled
throw threw thrown выбросить/бросать; здесь: throw away -
выбросить/выбрасывать

PART TWO A TRIP


hide hid hidden прятаться, скрываться
rise rose risen вставать, восходить(о солнце)
set set set ставить, класть; здесь: set out - отправиться
в дорогу
stand stood stood стоять
blow blew blown веять, дуть
spread spread spread распространяться
lie lay lain лежать
shine shone shone светить/ся
hit hit hit ударить/ударять
hurt hurt hurt ранить, ушибить

PART THREE THE CEREMONY


hold held held держать, обнимать, отмечать (например:
праздник)
hang hung hung вешать, повесить, взвешивать
hang hanged hanged повесить (кого-то на виселице)
let let let разрешить, позволять, выпускать, проливать
lead led led вести, перевести
ride rode ridden (верхом, на велосипеде) прогуляться, проехать
wind wound wound виться, извиваться, изгибаться
show showed shown показывать
choose chose chosen выбрать, выбирать
light lit lit зажечь, зажигать
burn burnt/ burnt/ сжечь, обжечься
burned burned
66
Irregular Verbs – Intermediate Level / Glossary

PART FOUR A DISASTER


strike struck struck ударить, ударять
burst burst burst взорваться, разорваться
fight fought fought воевать
ring rang rung позвонить
deal dealt dealt распределять; здесь: deal with - заняться кем-
либо, чем-либо
sink sank sunk затонуть, затопить
seek sought sought искать, разыскивать
can could been able мочь, быть в состоянии (что-л. делать)
to
freeze froze frozen замерзать, обледеневать
spill spilt spilt проливать, разливать

PART FIVE A SCHOOL TEST


swear swore sworn обещать, присягать
learn learnt/ learnt / изучать, учиться
learned learned
steal stole stolen воровать, красть
lay laid laid класть; налагать; накладывать
understand understood understood понимать, постигать
teach taught taught учить, обучать
tear tore torn разрывать, срывать, отрывать
forgive forgave forgiven прощать
cut cut cut резать, разрезать; отрезать
forbid forbade forbidden запрещать; не позволять; препятствовать

67
English Vocabulary
3. Idioms Parts 1 & 2

PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS


Lesson one BUSINESS AND MONEY

Exercise one ♪1
Listen.

1) A BUSINESS RUNS AT A PROFIT / A BUSINESS RUNS AT A LOSS


a business makes money / a business loses money
The beginnings of our family shop were quite difficult and we ran at a loss, but as we are
getting more and more customers now, we are beginning to run at a profit.

2) FINANCES ARE IN GOOD SHAPE / FINANCES ARE IN BAD SHAPE


to have a lot of / not to have enough money
I’m afraid this company will go bankrupt as its finances are in very bad shape.

3) A FALLING MARKET
a market which is moving in a downward direction
It is a falling market now with no perspectives and I wouldn’t invest in it.

4) TO PUT MONEY INTO BUSINESS


to invest in a business
You will have to find another partner because I’m not going to put any more money into this
business.

5) TO CLOSE A DEAL / TO CLOSE A BARGAIN


to complete a deal successfully
After long negotiations we were finally ready to establish all the details and close the deal.

6) SHARP PRACTICES
behaviour which is dishonest but not illegal
When it comes to business he doesn’t have any scruples and uses illegal methods. He’s
known for his sharp practices.

7) A SLEEPING PARTNER
someone who invests money in a business but does not help to manage it
Jack invests some money in the family business but he’s not actively involved in running it.
He’s just a sleeping partner.

68
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) A TAKEOVER
the change of ownership or control of a company
Our little firm was too weak to survive on the market and so we couldn’t avoid a takeover by
a bigger company.

9) TO GO BANKRUPT / TO BE BANKRUPT
to admit that you have no money and cannot pay your debts
Two years ago their little company went bankrupt as it wasn’t able to pay its debts.

10) TO MAKE MONEY


to earn money
He became a rich man after he made a lot of money in property speculation.

11) TO BE IN THE MONEY


suddenly have a lot of money
When Peter found that old painting in his attic and it turned out to be very valuable, he knew
he was in the money.
12) TO BE A WAGE EARNER / TO BE A SALARY EARNER
to have a job and be paid weekly/monthly
In our family my husband is the only wage earner. We all wait for the money he brings at the
end of the week.

13) TO MAKE A LIVING


to earn money
Nobody knew how Sue made a living and it was quite a surprise when she said she worked as
a writer.

14) TO BE WELL-OFF
to be rich
You have to be well-off to afford holidays in exotic places. Such luxuries cost a lot.

15) TO TIGHTEN ONE’S BELT


to spend less money in the time of financial difficulty
Susan lost her job so she had to tighten her belt and cut down on unnecessary things.

Exercise two ♪2
Listen and repeat.

1) Our shop ran at a loss at first but now it runs at a profit.


2) Our finances are in a very bad shape.
3) I wouldn’t invest in a falling market.
4) I’m going to put some money into this business.
5) After long negotiations we closed the deal.

69
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) Our manager is known for his sharp practices.


7) Jack is just a sleeping partner in this company.
8) We couldn’t avoid a takeover by a bigger company.
9) The company went bankrupt as it didn’t pay off its debts.
10) He made a lot of money in property speculations.
11) Unexpectedly Peter was in the money.
12) In our family my husband is the only wage earner.
13) Susan made her living as a writer.
14) You have to be well-off to afford holidays in exotic places.
15) Susan tightened her belt and cut down on unnecessary things.

Exercise three ♪3
Listen.

When Joe and Susan got married, they were very poor. Joe was the only wage-earner in the
family and they had to think how they would make a living. They decided to start their own
business but it wasn’t easy to find someone who would like to put money into it. Thus they
planned to tighten the belt and save some money to open a greengrocer’s. Susan’s father
warned them that it was a falling market in their area as there were already four greengrocers
in the neighbourhood but they wanted to take a chance. After some time, when their business
started to run at a profit, Sue’s father wanted to participate and he became a sleeping
partner. Later, Joe’s brother wanted to join them and they were just about to close the deal,
when Sue found out that he was known for his sharp practices and the plan didn’t work out.
Sue and Joe were doing fine and they made a lot of money but after two years things got
worse. There was a terrible drought in the country and the prices of vegetables and fruit rose
drastically. They knew they were going bankrupt. Their finances were in a really bad
shape and a takeover by a bigger company was just a matter of time.

Exercise four ♪4
Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) John was the only one who brought the money at the end of the week.

John was the only wage-earner.

2) They thought about how to earn money.



They thought about how to make a living.

3) They wanted someone to invest in the business.



They wanted someone to put money in the business.

70
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

4) They decided to spend less money.



They decided to tighten the belt.

5) A greengrocer’s was a business with no perspectives.



A greengrocer’s was a falling market.

6) The business started to bring money.



The business started to run at a profit.

7) Sue’s father didn’t join the business but he invested some money into it.

Sue’s father became a sleeping partner.

8) They nearly completed the deal with Joe’s brother.



They nearly closed the deal with him.

9) Joe’s brother was known for dishonest actions.



He was known for his sharp practices.

10) Sue and Joe earned a lot of money.



Sue and Joe made a lot of money.

11) They had no money and couldn’t pay the debts.



They went bankrupt.

12) They didn’t have enough money.



Their finances were in a bad shape.

13) They couldn’t avoid the change of ownership of the company.



They couldn’t avoid a takeover.

71
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson two WORK

Exercise one ♪5
Listen.

1) TO GET DOWN TO BUSINESS


to start doing something
OK, the job has to be done very quickly so let’s get down to business.

2) TO ROLL ONE’S SLEEVES UP


to start doing a job even though it’s difficult
It’s time to roll our sleeves up and clean this mess. It can’t wait!

3) TO BE ON BUSINESS
to be for the purpose of doing business, not for pleasure
Everybody thought George flew to Hawaii to relax but actually he went on business.

4) TO WORK IN THE FIELD


to work outside the office, laboratory or classroom
Joan spent years in libraries studying tribal languages so when she was asked to go to Africa
and work in the field, she accepted the offer immediately.

5) A WHITE-COLLAR WORKER / A BLUE-COLLAR WORKER


a worker who does an office job / a manual worker
A career of a white-collar worker in the office is much more popular among young people
than the hard and dirty work of blue-collar workers.

6) TO BE ON DUTY / TO BE OFF DUTY


to be working / not working at a particular time
When we got to the hospital, the nurse on duty called for the doctor.

7) TO DO OVERTIME / TO WORK OVERTIME


to work after the usual hours for extra pay
Since Jane’s divorce, she’s been working a lot of overtime to earn some extra money. She
stays at work much longer and is starting to feel very tired.

8) TO BE ON PIECE WORK
to receive payment for the number of things produced
We were on piece work and we were paid for the number of products we made so if you were
fast you could earn a lot of money.

72
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO BE ON SHIFTS (be on the night shift / to be on nights)


to start work as another group finishes
Our daughter wanted to become a nurse but the thought of working night shifts discouraged
her.

10) TO BE ON CALL
be available at any time
Don’t worry. There is a doctor on call 24 hours a day.

11) TO FIRE SOMEBODY


to dismiss somebody from employment
I warn you! If you don’t do the job by tomorrow, you will be fired and you’ll have to start
looking for another job.

12) TO GIVE SOMEBODY THE SACK / TO GET THE SACK


to dismiss somebody from employment
He got the sack when they found out he’d lied about his qualifications. Now he’s unemployed
again.

13) TO GO ON THE DOLE


to be unemployed and receive money from the government
When Joe lost his job last December he went on the dole. Now he’s still unemployed and he
gets money from the government.

14) TO GO ON STRIKE
stop working as a protest against something
After the negotiations with the government had failed, the miners decided to go on strike.
They stopped working and started their protest.

15) A BLACKLEG
a strike breaker
As Smith continued to work when all his colleagues went on strike, he was considered a
blackleg.

Exercise two ♪6
Listen and repeat.

1) The job has to be done fast so let’s get down to business.


2) It’s time to roll our sleeves up and clean this mess.
3) George went to Hawaii on business.
4) Joan went to Africa to study tribal languages in the field.
5) A white-collar worker works in the office.
6) A blue-collar worker does a manual job.
7) The nurse on duty called the doctor.
73
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) Joan worked overtime to earn some extra money.


9) When we worked on the farm we were on piece work.
10) Nurses have to be on night shifts.
11) There is a doctor on call 24 hours a day.
12) If you don’t do the job properly, you’ll be fired.
13) He got the sack and now he’s unemployed again.
14) Joe lost his job and went on the dole.
15) The miners decided to go on strike.
16) Smith didn’t join the strike and was a blackleg.

Exercise three ♪7
Listen.

For many years Meg was a white collar worker and spent her days in the office from nine to
five. She used to work overtime as she wanted to save enough money to travel. She had
already been on business to Germany and France but she dreamed of going somewhere
exotic. In order to earn some extra money, she agreed to be on call even at weekends.
Last year her company was going through a difficult time and there were rumours that some
people would have to be fired. Meg was a hard-working and loyal employee but when her
colleagues decided to go on strike she didn’t want to be a blackleg and joined the protest.
Unfortunately, the firm went bankrupt and everybody got the sack. Meg didn’t want to go
on the dole so she started to look for a new job right away. For some time she worked in a
supermarket but she didn’t like being on night shifts and she quit. At that point Meg lost her
hope that she would ever travel anywhere. However, after two weeks she came across an
advertisement of some charity organisation which was looking for volunteers who would like
to work in India. Meg didn’t think much. She got down to business right away, rolled her
sleeves up and wrote an application letter and a CV. After two months she was in India. She
finally felt she was in the right place.

Exercise four ♪8
Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) Meg did an office job.



Meg was a white-collar worker.
2) She worked after the usual hours for extra pay.

She worked overtime.
3) She went abroad for the purpose of doing business.

She went abroad on business.

74
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

4) She agreed to be available at any time.



She agreed to be on call.
5) Some people had to be dismissed from employment.

Some people had to be fired.
6) Her colleagues decided to stop working as a protest.

Her colleagues decided to go on strike.
7) She didn’t want to be a strike breaker.

She didn’t want to be a blackleg.
8) Everybody was dismissed from work.

Everybody got the sack.
9) Meg didn’t want to receive money from the government

Meg didn’t want to go on the dole.
10) She didn’t like working at night.

She didn’t like being on night shifts.
11) She started doing something.

She got down to business.
12) She was determined to do something and started writing a CV.

She rolled her sleeves up and started writing a CV.

75
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson three TIME

Exercise one
♪9
Listen.

1) TO BE ON TIME
to be punctual
The traffic on my way to work was so heavy that I worried if I would be on time.

2) TO BE BEHIND TIME
to be late
The train was delayed and it left twenty minutes behind time.

3) TO TAKE ONE’S TIME


not to hurry
You don’t need to hurry to leave so early. Take your time and relax before the journey.

4) TO DO STH AT THE LAST MINUTE


to do something at the latest possible time
They had a sudden change of plans and cancelled the trip to Egypt at the last minute.

5) TO DO STH ON THE SPUR OF THE MOMENT


to do something spontaneously, without hesitation
They didn’t plan to get married in Las Vegas but they suddenly found the idea so fascinating
that they did it on the spur of the moment.

6) TO BE UP-TO-DATE / OUT-OF-DATE
to include all the latest information / to be too old, not recent
If you want to be up-to-date with the latest technology, you have to upgrade your computer
quite often.
Unfortunately, some street names in this town have been changed and this tourist guide is out-
of-date.

7) IT’S HIGH TIME


something must be done without delay
Tom is thirty years old and his parents think it’s high time he moved out and started his own
family. So he shouldn’t wait any longer but get married fast.

8) TO HAVE A MINUTE
to be available to do something
Are you very busy after lunch or will you have a minute to talk to me?

76
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) AT ANY MOMENT
very soon
They are evacuating people in a hurry because the volcano is ready to erupt at any minute.

10) EVERY NOW AND THEN


occasionally, not very often
Jennifer is too busy to visit her family quite often but every now and then she at least finds
some time to have dinner with them.

11) ONCE IN A BLUE MOON


very seldom
That theatre doesn’t have a good reputation as it puts on an interesting performance only once
in a blue moon.

12) ONCE IN A WHILE


sometimes
I’m not very keen on cooking and I don’t do it often but once in a while I feel tempted to
prepare something special for dinner.

13) A NIGHT-BIRD
a person who likes to stay up late at night
Joe never goes to sleep before midnight. He’s a real night bird.

14) AN EARLY BIRD


a person who gets up very early in the morning
My sister is an early bird so she’s the one who walks the dog in the mornings.

15) TO KILL TIME


to do something in order to make time pass more quickly
On the train to Warsaw I read this magazine from cover to cover just to kill the time, and in
fact the journey passed very quickly.

Exercise two ♪10


Listen and repeat.

1) The traffic was so heavy that I couldn’t be on time.


2) The train left twenty minutes behind time.
3) Take your time and relax before the journey.
4) They cancelled their trip to Egypt at the last minute.
5) They got married in Las Vegas on the spur of the moment.
6) I wanted to be up-to-date with the latest technology.
7) This tourist guide is out-of-date so we can’t use it.
8) It’s high time Tom moved out and started his own family.
77
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) Will you have a minute to talk to me after lunch?


10) The volcano is ready to erupt at any minute.
11) Every now and then Jennifer has dinner with her parents.
12) This theatre puts on a good performance only once in a blue moon.
13) I prepare something special for dinner once in a while.
14) Joe is a night-bird and he doesn’t go to bed before midnight.
15) My sister is an early bird and she walks the dog in the mornings.
16) I read the magazine from cover to cover just to kill the time.

Exercise three ♪11


Listen.
It was a Saturday night and Julie was sitting alone in her flat reading newspapers just to kill
the time. She was a night-bird and she was used to spending evenings by herself. That day,
however, she felt very lonely and knew she would burst into tears at any moment. Looking
in the mirror she saw an almost thirty-year-old woman in out-of-date clothes and hairstyle.
Julie wasn’t a party-goer. She saw her parents every now and then and once in a blue
moon she went out with Susan – her only friend. It was her birthday coming soon and Julie
felt it was high time to change something in her daily routine. Yes, her life was boring. Every
day she did the same things and performed the same duties always on time, like a robot.
Julie felt she had to do something. On the spur of the moment, without thinking, she called
her boss and asked him if he would have a minute to talk to her. Mr. Brown was surprised
but when Julie explained the situation and asked him for a week off, he agreed and told her to
take her time and relax.
There was no time to lose now. Julie packed her clothes and decided to take the first plane to
Paris. Luckily, when she came to the airport it turned out that the plane to Paris was twenty
minutes behind time due to some technical problems and so she bought the ticket at the last
minute. There she was, flying to a faraway country, all by herself, ready to meet the
unknown.

Exercise four ♪12


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) Julie was reading the newspapers to make the time pass more quickly.

Julie was reading the newspapers to kill the time.

2) She liked to stay up late at night.



She was a night bird.

3) She knew she would burst into tears very soon.



She knew she would burst into tears at any moment.

78
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

4) Julie was wearing old-fashioned clothes.



Julie was wearing out-of-date clothes.

5) She saw her parents occasionally.



She saw her parents every now and then.

6) She seldom went out with Susan.



She went out with Susan once in a blue moon.

7) She had to change her life without delay.



It was high time to change something in her life.

8) She performed all her duties punctually.



She performed all her duties on time.

9) She called her boss spontaneously.



She called her boss on the spur of the moment.

10) She asked her boss to spare her some time.



She asked her boss to have a minute for her.

11) Mr Brown told her not to hurry.



Mr Brown told her to take her time.

12) The plane to Paris was twenty five minutes late.



The plane to Paris was twenty five minutes behind time.

13) Julie bought the ticket at the latest possible time.



Julie bought the ticket at the last minute.

79
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson four CONVERSATION

Exercise one ♪13


Listen.

1) TO TALK AT CROSS PURPOSES


not to understand each other
Let’s stop arguing. The point is that we are talking at cross purposes and we just don’t
understand each other.

2) TO GET HOLD OF THE WRONG END OF THE STICK


to misunderstand the meaning or intention totally
People who think the author of this book wanted to offend someone get the wrong end of the
stick. It is sometimes quite easy to misinterpret the author’s intention.

3) TO GET A WORD IN EDGEWAYS


to be able to say something although the other person talks all the time
Helen can talk all the time. Once she starts talking it’s difficult to get a word in edgeways.

4) TO TALK BEHIND SOMEBODY’S BACK


to talk about somebody secretively
I don’t want to talk about it behind his back. He must know what we think.

5) TO GIVE SOMEBODY A TALKING-TO


to talk to somebody angrily
When Peter was late for work again, his boss gave him a long talking-to and decided to
punish him severely the next time.

6) TO PUT IT IN A NUTSHELL
to state the main facts in a short, clear way
These are our plans in a nutshell. We will go into details later.

7) TO BE LONG-WINDED
to talk for too long in a way that is too boring
Our headmaster’s speeches tend to be rather long-winded. Everyone stops paying attention
after a few minutes.

8) TO SPEAK ONE’S MIND


to be honest to people about your opinion
It’s not easy to be honest about your opinions but Jerry always speaks his mind, even if it
upsets people.

80
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO TALK RUBBISH
to say silly things
Don’t talk rubbish! It is very silly to spend all our money on the trip and remain without a
penny for the rest of the holidays.

10) TO TALK SENSE


to say things that are reasonable
John is the only person in this group who can talk sense on the subject. We can always rely on
his reasonable opinions.

11) TO TAKE THE HINT


to understand what is meant, without it being said directly
I didn’t have to tell him directly to go away and leave us alone. He took the hint and left
immediately.

12) TO TAKE SOMETHING INTO ACCOUNT


to consider something when you are making a decision
I hope they will take her qualifications into account when they consider her application for the
position of managing director.

13) TO CUT A LONG STORY SHORT


to give the main points of something, not the details
I will save you the details. To cut a long story short, it took me two months to recover from
the shock.

14) TO BEAT ABOUT THE BUSH


to avoid or delay talking about something unpleasant
OK, OK, … stop beating about the bush and tell me who is responsible for all this mess.

15) TO HAVE A WORD WITH SOMEBODY


to talk to somebody quickly
Could I have a word with you? I need your advice.

Exercise two ♪14


Listen and repeat.

1) Parents and teenagers often talk at cross purposes.


2) I didn’t mean to offend you. You got hold of the wrong end of the stick.
3) Once she starts talking, it’s difficult to get a word in edgeways.
4) I think we should stop talking behind his back.
5) My boss gave me a long talking-to in front of all the staff members.
6) These are our plans in a nutshell.
7) Our headmaster’s speeches are rather long-winded.
8) It’s sometimes dangerous to speak one’s mind.
9) Don’t talk rubbish! I can’t listen to it anymore.
81
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) Now you are talking sense!


11) He took the hint and left without a word.
12) I’m sure they will take her qualifications into account.
13) I won’t go into details and I’ll cut a long story short.
14) Stop beating about the bush and tell me what happened.
15) Could I have a word with you?

Exercise three ♪15


Listen.

On 1st September all the students were gathered in front of the school waiting for the
ceremony to start. Everybody knew that the head teacher’s speech would be boring and long-
winded. The students wouldn’t mind if he talked sense but actually, he did talk rubbish
quite often, and instead of putting it in a nutshell, he went on talking for ages.
In fact, everybody started to get impatient and talked behind his back. However, when one
of the students stepped aside and spoke his mind quite loudly about how boring the whole
ceremony was, Mrs Thomas, our form teacher, approached him quickly and asked angrily if
she could have a word with him.
Paul’s rude behaviour was too much for Mrs Thomas. When the ceremony ended, she gave
him a long talking-to in front of the whole class. She didn’t beat about the bush and
accused him of offending the head teacher. Although he tried to explain that she must have
got hold of the wrong end of the stick as he hadn’t meant to offend anybody, they seemed to
be talking at cross purposes.
To cut a long story short, Mrs Thomas didn’t want to take his explanation into account
and asked Paul to bring his parents to school the next day. No, it wasn’t a happy beginning.
Paul knew he was in trouble.

Exercise four ♪16


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) The headmaster’s speech was boring and too long.



The headmaster’s speech was long-winded.

2) The students knew he wouldn’t talk reasonably.



The students knew he wouldn’t talk sense.

3) He often said silly things.



He often talked rubbish.

4) The headmaster didn’t consider the students’ needs.



The headmaster didn’t take the students’ needs into account.

82
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

5) He should have stated the main facts in a short and clear way.

He should have put it in a nutshell.

6) Everybody started to talk about him secretively.



Everybody started to talk behind his back.

7) Mrs Thomas wanted to talk to Paul quickly.



Mrs Thomas wanted to have a word with Paul.

8) Paul was honest about his opinion.



Paul spoke his mind.

9) He didn’t avoid saying what he was thinking about.



He didn’t beat about the bush.

10) The form teacher talked to Paul angrily.



The form teacher gave Paul a long talking-to.

11) The teacher misunderstood Paul’s intentions.



The teacher got hold of the wrong end of the stick.

12) They didn’t understand each other.



They talked at cross purposes.

13) The teacher didn’t consider Paul’s explanations.



The teacher didn’t take his explanations into account.

83
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson five DISCUSSION

Exercise one ♪17


Listen.

1) AN OPEN QUESTION
a matter for discussion
They have agreed on most of the details concerning the wedding ceremony but the colour of
the bride’s dress is still an open question.

2) A STORM IN A TEACUP
a lot of excitement about a trivial matter
The whole discussion about the bird flu in our country is only a storm in a teacup. There’s
probably no danger to public health at all.

3) TO CROSS SWORDS
to argue
Susan and her mother-in-law argue a lot. They recently crossed swords on what to cook for
dinner.

4) TO DROP THE SUBJECT


to stop talking about something
I don’t think we will find a compromise on this matter now so let’s drop the subject. We will
talk about it another time.

5) TO CHANGE ONE’S MIND


to change a decision or an opinion
Judy was about to express her opinion but then she changed her mind and didn’t say a word.

6) TO BEAR SOMETHING IN MIND


to remember something that could be useful in the future
When you speak to Becky, please bear in mind that she is very sensitive to criticism.
Remember to be careful not to hurt her.

7) TO MAKE UP ONE’S MIND


to take a decision
Susan has always taken decisions easily in life. She made up her mind to become a singer
when she was only five years old.

84
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) TO TAKE SOMETHING FOR GRANTED


to believe that something is true without first thinking about it or making sure that it is true
Judy and Sarah looked so alike that I was sure they were sisters. I just took it for granted and
it was quite a shock to find out they were not.

9) TO COME TO THE POINT / TO GET TO THE POINT / TO REACH THE POINT

to reach the most important thing one has to say


Our manager enjoys speaking in public and it always takes him a long time to get to the point.

10) TO FAIL TO SEE THE POINT / TO MISS THE POINT


not to understand the purpose of something
To tell you the truth, I wasn’t listening carefully. I’m afraid I missed the point of your
argument so please clarify your position briefly.

11) TO GET THE POINT / TO SEE THE POINT


to understand the purpose of something
To be honest, I can’t see the point of your asking her for help. I don’t understand why you
insist on talking to her. She won’t even listen to you.
12) TO MAKE ONE’S POINT
to explain clearly one’s argument or an idea
OK, you’ve made your point. Now please listen to what I have to say.

13) TO HOLD ONE’S TONGUE


to stop talking
Although George felt deeply insulted, he held his tongue and said nothing.

14) TO HAVE THE LAST WORD


to produce a statement to which no one else can make a reply or objection
It’s no use arguing with my parents. They must always have the last word.

15) IN A WAY / IN SOME WAYS


in a sense, to a certain extent
It’s sad but, in a way, you understand me better than my own parents. To a certain extent, I
feel much more at home here with you than with my family.

16) ALL IN ALL


when everything is considered
It’s true we wasted some time quarrelling but, all in all, I think it was a very fruitful
discussion.

85
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

17) FOR ONE THING


for one reason
Well, there are so many reasons for his rude behaviour. For one thing, his parents have never
paid any attention to it so don’t be surprised.

18) TO BE OUT OF PLACE


to be inappropriate, awkward
Your remark was absolutely out of place. It’s inappropriate to be so straightforward when you
meet someone for the first time.

19) TO BE OUT OF THE QUESTION


something is definitely not a possibility
You will definitely not get more pocket money this year - it’s out of the question!

20) TO WRAP UP THE DISCUSSION


to finish the discussion
As we were in a hurry to catch the last plane we were hoping to wrap up the discussion before
lunchtime.

Exercise two ♪18


Listen and repeat.

1) The colour of the dress is still an open question


2) This whole discussion was only a storm in a teacup.
3) Susan and her mother-in-law often cross swords.
4) Let’s drop the subject. We’ll talk about it later.
5) Judy wanted to say something but she changed her mind.
6) Please, bear in mind she is very sensitive.
7) Susan made up her mind to become a singer.
8) I took it for granted that they were twins.
9) It takes him a long time to get to the point.
10) I’m afraid I missed the point of your argument.
11) I can’t see the point of asking her for help.
12) You’ve made your point and now let me make mine.
13) Adam held his tongue and said nothing.
14) They must always have the last word.
15) In a way, you know me better than my parents.
16) All in all, it was a very fruitful discussion.
17) For one thing, his parents didn’t teach him anything.
18) Your remark was out of place.
19) You won’t get it! It’s out of the question!
20) We had to wrap up the discussion very quickly.

86
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise three ♪19


Listen.

Politics is a very risky topic at social gatherings and family meetings. People often take it for
granted that others share their views and sometimes a casual remark turns out to be
absolutely out of place. Then, instead of a nice chat at the table people start to cross swords.
Those with opposite views try to make each other change their minds. They do all they can
to make their points and have the last word. If the opponent fails to see the point, people
start to shout at each other and the atmosphere of the meeting is spoiled.
Should we avoid discussing politics altogether then? Well, for one thing, there are plenty of
much more interesting subjects. What’s more, we should bear in mind that our misbehaviour
may hurt others’ feelings.
Sometimes when things get out of hand, and somebody tries to wrap up the discussion, we
should hold our tongues and drop the subject immediately. All in all, although politics is an
exciting issue, we should remember that sometimes it can be dangerous as well.

Exercise four ♪20


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) People often assume things.



People often take things for granted.

2) Your remark is inappropriate.



Your remark is out of place.

3) People often start to quarrel.



People often start to cross swords.

4) They try to persuade each other.



They try to make each other change their minds.

5) Everybody wants to say what they consider important.



Everybody wants to make their points.

6) All of them want to say something no one else would beat.



All of them want to have the last word.

7) He doesn’t understand me.



He fails to see my point.

87
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) For one reason, there are more interesting subjects.



For one thing, there are more interesting subjects.

9) This is something you should remember.



This is something you should bear in mind.

10) Everybody has a right to finish the discussion.



Everybody has a right to wrap up the discussion.

11) You should stop talking now.



You should hold your tongue.

12) They must stop discussing this subject.



They must drop the subject.

13) Summing up, politics is a tricky subject.



All in all, politics is a tricky subject.

88
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson six PROBLEMS

Exercise one ♪21


Listen.

1) TO STIR THINGS UP
to deliberately try to have arguments
Melanie is a real troublemaker. She stirs things up wherever she appears.

2) TO POUR OIL ON TROUBLED WATERS


to try to make an angry situation calmer
Sue was really mad at Steve so he tried to pour oil on troubled waters by offering to take her
out for a meal.

3) TO LAY ONE’S CARDS ON THE TABLE


to tell somebody honestly what you think or plan to do
Chris decided to lay his cards on the table and inform Betty he was in love with someone else.

4) TO GET TO THE BOTTOM OF THINGS


to discover the truth about the situation
It is difficult for the police to get to the bottom of this crime as there are no witnesses who
could confirm what really happened.

5) TO GET A GRASP
to get the ability to understand something
Sue had few language skills before she left Poland. After she had spent a year in London, they
really developed and she got a good grasp of English.

6) TO SEE A LIGHT AT THE END OF THE TUNNEL


to believe that a difficult situation will end
Inflation is still rising but analysts say there is a light at the end of the tunnel and it will start
falling before the end of the year.

7) TO SWEEP UNDER THE CARPET


to try to hide a problem instead of dealing with it
When some people don’t know how to deal with a problem they prefer to sweep it under the
carpet and pretend not to bother about it.

8) TO BE IN A FIX
to be in a difficult situation
I’m in a real fix. The car doors are locked and the keys are inside.

89
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO BE AT A CROSSROADS
to be at a crisis, at a turning point in one’s life
When Julie divorced her husband, she found herself at a crossroads. She wasn’t sure whether
she should stay in Spain or go back to Britain.

10) TO FIND A HAPPY MEDIUM


to find a way that is not extreme but is somewhere between two possible choices
Nowadays it’s very difficult for young women to find a happy medium between having a
family and a career.

11) TO SKATE ON THIN ICE


to take a big risk
John’s position at work was not very stable so he knew he was skating on thin ice when he
asked his boss for a pay rise. He risked losing his job.

12) TO PUT ONESELF IN SOMEONE ELSE’S SHOES


to be in the same situation as someone else
In order to understand what Joan is going through right now, you would have to put yourself
in her shoes.

13) TO TAKE SOMETHING TO HEART


to think about something seriously
When Steve told us about the burglaries in this area, we took his warning to heart and
installed an alarm system in our house.

14) TO KEEP A STRAIGHT FACE


to look serious and not laugh although you are in a funny situation
Although pupils in this class play jokes constantly, Mrs Smith manages to keep a straight face
and remain serious no matter how hard they try to make her laugh.

15) TO BURN ONE’S FINGERS


to suffer unpleasant results of an action
I once invested some money on the stock market but I burned my fingers, lost almost all of it
and decided never to try again.

16) TO BURN ONE’S BOATS / TO BURN ONE’S BRIDGES


to do something which cannot be reversed or changed later
After Jerry told his boss to go to hell, he knew he would be fired. He had burnt his boats and it
was too late to reverse it.

17) TO GET INTO HOT WATER / TO GET INTO A MESS


to get into trouble / to get into a difficult situation
You get into trouble too often and you will get into hot water again when your teacher finds
out you were cheating during the test.

90
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

18) TO MIND YOUR OWN BUSINESS


not to ask questions or show interest in something
I wish he’d mind his own business and stop telling me what I should do.

19) TO SEE DAYLIGHT


to understand something that you didn’t understand before
I thought I would never understand how the computer works but after a few classes with Mr
Black I saw daylight and realised it wasn’t so difficult.

20) TO FACE THE MUSIC


to accept criticism or punishment for something that you’ve done
When they found out that Jane was the one who had taken the money, she had to face the
music and couldn’t avoid punishment that time.

Exercise two ♪22


Listen and repeat.

1) Melanie likes to stir things up.


2) Steve tried to pour oil on troubled waters but it didn’t help.
3) Chris decided to lay his cards on the table.
4) It’s difficult to get to the bottom of this crime.
5) She got a good grasp of English when she was in London.
6) The analysts saw a light at the end of the tunnel.
7) People often sweep their problems under the carpet.
8) When I found the car doors locked, I was in a fix.
9) After her divorce, Julie was at a crossroads.
10) It was hard to find a happy medium in that situation.
11) John was skating on thin ice when he asked for a pay rise.
12) Put yourself in my shoes and you’ll know what I feel.
13) He finally took my advice to heart.
14) He kept a straight face and didn’t laugh.
15) I burnt my fingers once and will never try again.
16) He burnt his boats and there was no turning back.
17) We’ll get into hot water when the teacher finds out.
18) Just mind your own business, OK?
19) After a few classes I saw daylight.
20) I’m afraid it’s time to face the music.

91
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise three ♪23


Listen.

John and Lucy had two children and when Lucy got pregnant again, they knew they were in a
fix. They had had financial problems before but both of them preferred to sweep them under
the carpet rather than get to the bottom of things and change anything. The atmosphere at
home was really tense. Lucy tried to pour oil on troubled waters for the sake of the kids but
finally they got a grasp of the fact that they were at a crossroads. When Lucy suggested that
John should look for another job, he took her advice to heart. He tried hard but with no
success. He spent days thinking what to do and then suddenly he saw daylight. Why couldn’t
he confront his boss for the first time and ask him for a pay rise? That could be a happy
medium.
The next day John knocked at his boss’s door. He knew he was skating on thin ice but there
was no way back. In a calm voice, he laid his cards on the table. Realising he could burn
his bridges, he said he would have to quit if he didn’t get more money. When the manager
asked for some time to think it over, John saw a light at the end of the tunnel. Later that
day, when he finally got a promotion and a pay rise, he was really happy but he managed to
keep a straight face in front of his colleagues.

Exercise four ♪24


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) John and Lucy were in a difficult situation.



John and Lucy were in a fix.

2) They preferred to hide their problems.



They preferred to sweep their problems under the carpet.

3) They didn’t want to discover the truth.



They didn’t want to get to the bottom of things.

4) Lucy tried to calm down the situation.



Lucy tried to pour oil on troubled waters.

5) Finally they understood their problem.



Finally they got a grasp of their problem.

6) They were at a crisis.



They were at a crossroads.

92
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

7) John thought about Lucy’s suggestion seriously.



John took Lucy’s suggestion to heart.

8) Suddenly, he understood what he couldn’t see before.



Suddenly, he saw daylight.

9) John found a perfect solution to his problem.



John found a happy medium.

10) He was risking a lot.



He was skating on thin ice.

11) John said honestly what he thought.



John laid his cards on the table.

12) He could say something that couldn’t be reversed.



He could burn his bridges.

13) He started to believe that there was some hope.



He saw a light at the end of the tunnel.

14) He managed to look serious.



He managed to keep a straight face.

93
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson seven BEHAVIOUR

Exercise one ♪25


Listen.

1) TO BE OUT OF ONE’S MIND


be mad, crazy
Don’t be crazy! You must be out of your mind if you want to climb Mount Everest on your
own.

2) TO BE AS THICK AS THIEVES
of two people - very friendly
Jack and Jim are as thick as thieves. They’ve been friends for years and they can always count
on each other.

3) TO BLOW ONE’S OWN TRUMPET


praise one’s own successes
Oh, come on! Stop blowing your own trumpet. We know how successful you are and you
don’t need to talk about it all the time.

4) TO GO ONE’S OWN WAY


to act independently
We had been partners until Joe decided to go his own way and set up a new business.

5) TO BE A BULL IN A CHINA SHOP


to be awkward, tactless
Mary can be so tactless! She acted like a bull in a china shop when she criticised the way I
looked at my own birthday party.

6) TO BE A SNAKE IN THE GRASS


to pretend to be a friend
It’s very sad to discover that someone you once viewed as a friend turns out to be a snake in
the grass.

7) TO DRIVE SOMEONE MAD


to irritate or anger somebody
My kids really drive me mad. It’s so irritating that they keep forgetting their front-door keys.

8) TO LOSE ONE’S TEMPER


to become very angry
Mary is so patient with the twins. I’ve never seen her lose her temper.

94
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO LOSE ONE’S HEAD


to lose the ability to think clearly
She can usually think clearly in stressful situations but this time she lost her head and stood
there helplessly.

10) TO LOSE ONE’S TONGUE


to say nothing because of shyness
When Judy asked her husband where he had spent the previous night, he lost his tongue and
couldn’t say a word.

11) TO KEEP ONE’S CHIN UP


to stay brave and optimistic in a difficult situation
We really admire Sue for keeping her chin up despite all the trouble she’s going through right
now.

12) TO PLAY THE FOOL


to behave in a silly way especially to make people laugh
Stop playing the fool! You will fall off that ladder!

13) TO SHOW ONE’S TEETH


to show anger or aggression
This time you have to express how angry you are – show your teeth!

14) TO GET ON SOMEONE’S NERVES


to irritate
Joanna can be really irritating and if I was to spend more time with her, she would really get
on my nerves.

15) TO HIT BELOW THE BELT


to act unfairly or cruelly
He was really hitting below the belt when he said those nasty things about Judy.

Exercise two ♪26


Listen and repeat.

1) You must be out of your mind!


2) Mark and Paul are as thick as thieves.
3) Oh, come on! Stop blowing your own trumpet
4) They separated and Joe went his own way.
5) Mary acted like a bull in a china shop.
6) He turned out to be a snake in the grass.
7) My kids really drive me mad!
8) She never loses her temper.
95
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) Think clearly and don’t lose your head!


10) He lost his tongue and couldn’t say a word.
11) Don’t lose your optimism and keep your chin up.
12) Calm down and stop playing the fool!
13) Gwen got really angry and showed her teeth.
14) You are getting on my nerves!
15) He hit me below the belt and hurt me deeply.

Exercise three ♪27


Listen.

Paul and Steve have always been close friends. They were as thick as thieves and when they
found themselves wives, their families started to share a big house. They lived in harmony
until Steve’s children were born. The kids started to get on Paul’s nerves as the noise they
made really drove him mad.
When one day Paul asked Steve to do something about it, he heard that he was tactless. Just a
bull in a china shop. Next time, when the noise was unbearable, Paul really got angry and
showed his teeth. Then he heard that he must be out of his mind and that he would
understand the situation if he had his own kids. That was enough for Paul. He and his wife
couldn’t have children so with this remark Steve hit below the belt. Paul felt betrayed .He
lost his tongue and realised his best friend had turned out to be a snake in the grass.
Although it made him sad, he managed to keep his chin up. Paul didn’t lose his temper and
calmly approached Steve, saying it was high time for them to go their own ways.

Exercise four ♪28


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) Paul and Steve were close friends.



Paul and Steve were as thick as thieves.

2) The kids started to irritate Paul.



The kids started to get on Paul’s nerves.

3) The noise made him really angry.



The noise drove him mad.

4) Paul was awkward and tactless.



Paul acted like a bull in a china shop.

96
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

5) Paul finally showed his anger.



Paul showed his teeth.

6) Paul heard he must be crazy



Paul heard he must be out of his mind.

7) Steve’s words were cruel.



Steve hit below the belt.

8) Paul couldn’t say a word.



Paul lost his tongue.

9) Steve only pretended to be a friend.



Steve was a snake in the grass.

10) Paul managed to stay optimistic.



Paul kept his chin up.

11) Paul stayed calm.



Paul didn’t lose his temper.

12) It was time for them to separate.



It was time to go their own ways.

97
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson eight FEELINGS

Exercise one ♪29


Listen.

1) TO BE ON CLOUD NINE
to be very happy
I was on cloud nine when I finally passed the last exam and could go on my holiday.

2) TO BE IN HIGH SPIRITS
to be excited and happy
The whole school was very excited when one of the pupils won the race but they were only
really in high spirits when he was shown on TV.

3) TO BE IN SEVENTH HEAVEN
to be extremely happy
Paul was in seventh heaven when he found out he had won the lottery.

4) TO BE AT EASE
to feel relaxed
Before taking an important exam, it’s best to take some rest and relax in order to feel more at
ease.

5) TO BE IN A BLACK MOOD
to be irritable, angry
This rain puts me in a black mood. I really feel depressed.

6) TO HAVE SOMETHING ON ONE’S MIND


to think or worry about something
I can see that something is worrying you. Tell me, what’s on your mind?

7) TO BE ABLE TO EAT A HORSE


to be very hungry
After a long swim in the sea, he felt so hungry that he could eat a horse.

8) TO BE SHAKING IN ONE’S SHOES


to be very frightened or anxious
I was shaking in my shoes when I heard a scream in the middle of the night. It was so
terrifying that I hid under my bed.

98
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO JUMP OUT OF ONE’S SKIN


to be very surprised or shocked
I’m afraid of mice so when I saw this little creature running across my room, I almost jumped
out of my skin.

10) TO BE LIKE A FISH OUT OF WATER


to feel awkward because you are not familiar with the situation
All the other guests arrived in casual clothes so she felt like a fish out of water in her fancy
dress.

11) TO BE ON EDGE
to be very nervous or worried about something
The footballers were all on edge before the final match. The pressure was too big to handle.

12) TO BE ON TENTERHOOKS
to nervously wait to find out what’s going to happen
We were all on tenterhooks waiting for the exam results.

13) TO BE OVER THE MOON


to be extremely pleased
Joe had been trying to find a job for six months so when he was offered the post of the vice
president of the company, he was over the moon.

14) TO SEE RED


to become very angry
When Matt accused me in front of my workmates, I just saw red. I got so furious that I
grabbed him and pushed him against the wall.

15) TO BE FULL OF BEANS


to be very energetic
After a long nap the kids were so full of beans that I could hardly control them.

Exercise two ♪30


Listen and repeat.

1) I was on cloud nine when I passed the exam.


2) After winning the race, the students were in high spirits.
3) He was in seventh heaven when he won the lottery.
4) At the end of the day I could finally feel at ease.
5) This rain puts me in a black mood.
6) He had other things on his mind.
7) I’m so hungry I could eat a horse.
8) I was shaking in my shoes when I heard the scream.

99
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) The noise made me almost jump out of my skin.


10) In her casual clothes she felt like a fish out of water.
11) We were on edge before the final match.
12) They were on tenterhooks waiting for the results.

13) I was over the moon when I finally found a job.


14) The teacher got furious and saw red.
15) The kids were full of beans as usual.

Exercise three ♪31


Listen.

It was a gloomy November afternoon. The kids were sitting in a classroom waiting on
tenterhooks for the bell to ring and end the lesson. The teacher, usually nice and at ease,
seemed to be in a black mood. You could see he had something else on his mind and he was
really on edge. Only little Tom in the back row was full of beans as usual. He was in high
spirits because he had a birthday party later that day. Tom couldn’t sit in one place, and when
Mr Morris saw him wander around, the teacher saw red. He shouted so loudly that Tom
almost jumped out of his skin. Everybody felt like a fish out of water as Mr Morris never
shouted at us. Tom was shaking in his shoes but luckily, the bell rang and we could go home
at last.
Later that day, Tom forgot about everything. His birthday party started at five and he was on
cloud nine when he saw all the gifts. However, the biggest surprise was yet to come. At nine
o’clock Tom’s grandparents turned up with a little puppy as a present. Tom was in seventh
heaven as he had always dreamt of his own dog.

Exercise four ♪32


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) The kids were waiting impatiently.



The kids were on tenterhooks.

2) The teacher didn’t seem relaxed.



The teacher didn’t seem at ease.

3) Mr Morris was angry.



Mr Morris was in a black mood.

4) There was something worrying him.



He had something on his mind.

100
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

5) He was very nervous.



He was on edge.

6) Tom was full of energy.



Tom was full of beans.

7) He was excited and happy.



He was in high spirits.

8) The teacher got very angry.



The teacher saw red.

9) Tom was very surprised and shocked.



Tom almost jumped out of his skin.

10) We all felt very awkward.



We felt like a fish out of water.

11) Tom was very frightened.



Tom was shaking in his shoes.

12) The child was very happy.



The child was on cloud nine.
Tom was in seventh heaven.

101
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson nine HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH

Exercise one ♪33


Listen.

1) NOT TO LOOK ONE’S AGE


to appear to be younger than one is
Barbara! It’s been ages since I last saw you and you haven’t changed at all! You certainly
don’t look your age!

2) TO LOOK YOUNG FOR ONE’S YEARS


to seem younger than one is, to be youthful
Wearing jeans and t-shirts, Mrs Johnson looks incredibly young for her years. Nobody
believes she has turned sixty.

3) TO BE GETTING ON IN YEARS
to be getting old
Since his wife died, poor Henry has been getting on in years quite fast. He looks older each
day.

4) TO BE IN THE AUTUMN OF ONE’S LIFE


to live one’s last years
Sometimes people find true love in the autumn of their lives and even get married when they
are very old.

5) TO BE IN GOOD HEALTH / TO BE IN GOOD SHAPE


to be in good condition
She’s bought an exercise bike because she promised herself to be fit and in good shape before
summer begins.

6) TO BE IN POOR HEALTH / TO BE IN POOR SHAPE


to be in bad condition
I’ve heard Steve is in poor health and can’t leave his bed. Let’s visit him and cheer him up a
bit.

7) TO FEEL UNDER THE WEATHER / TO LOOK A BIT UNDER THE WEATHER


to feel ill, to look a bit ill
I feel a little under the weather – I think I’ve caught a cold.

8) TO BE OFF COLOUR
to feel slightly ill
My grandfather has been off colour for a few days. He looks so miserable that I think I’ll call
the doctor.

102
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO LOOK RUN-DOWN
to look tired and not healthy
When we finished redecorating our flat, we were run-down. We were so exhausted that we
took a few days off just to rest.

10) TO CATCH A DISEASE


to become ill
If you don’t sleep long enough, your organism gets weak and you can easily catch a disease.

11) TO BE ON ONE’S LAST LEGS


to be old or in very bad condition
It looks as if his father is on his last legs. I’m afraid he will die soon.

12) TO BE ON ONE’S DEATHBED


to be close to death
On her deathbed, Fred’s mother revealed that he was adopted. It’s amazing that she managed
to keep it a secret until the day she died.
13) TO HAVE ONE FOOT IN THE GRAVE
to be very old and very ill (humorous)
Oh, come on Jack! If you don’t stop complaining about your health, we’ll think that you have
one foot in the grave. You’re not dying!

14) TO KICK THE BUCKET


to die
Didn’t you hear? Old Mrs Smith has kicked the bucket. She had a heart attack.

15) TO DIE BEFORE ONE’S TIME


to die young
Poor Linda was only twenty-seven when they discovered she had cancer. She died much
before her time.

Exercise two ♪34


Listen and repeat.

1) Barbara doesn’t look her age.


2) In these jeans you look young for your age.
3) Henry is getting on in years quite fast.
4) People may find happiness in the autumn of their lives.
5) She exercises in order to be in good shape.
6) Steve doesn’t leave his bed any more.
7) I feel a little under the weather today.
8) My grandpa has been off colour for a few days.
9) You look run down and you need to rest.

103
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) Dress warmly or you’ll catch a disease.


11) His father is on his last legs.
12) On her deathbed, she revealed the secret.
13) Jack jokes that he has one foot in the grave.
14) Old Mrs Smith has kicked the bucket.
15) Poor Linda died much before her time.

Exercise three ♪35


Listen.

Getting on in years is a natural process no one can stop. With age we all get weaker, catch
diseases more easily and tend to feel under the weather quite often. Some people are of an
opinion that it’s better to die before one’s time than to live and suffer all the illnesses and
sadness which old age brings.
I think they are wrong. My grandfather is a living example of a happy elderly gentleman who
is in good shape despite being in the autumn of his life. Grandpa is eighty-five years old but
doesn’t look his age. He’s very active and although he sometimes looks run down at the end
of the day, he would never admit he is on his last legs. He keeps telling us he has one foot in
the grave but everyone knows it’s a joke. Grandpa loves our visits. He calls us and asks if we
will find the time to see him before he kicks the bucket. His sense of humour and active
lifestyle keep him in good health.

Exercise four ♪36


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) Getting old is a natural process.



Getting on in years is a natural process.

2) With age we get ill more easily.



With age we catch diseases more easily.

3) We tend to feel ill more often.



We tend to feel under the weather more often.

4) Some people wish they could die young.



Some people wish they could die before their time.

5) My grandpa is in good condition.



My grandpa is in good shape.

104
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) He is very old.

He is in the autumn of his life.

7) He appears to be younger.

He doesn’t look his age.

8) He sometimes looks tired.



He sometimes looks run down.

9) He is sometimes tired and in very bad condition.



He is sometimes on his last legs.

10) He says he is almost dead.



He says he has one foot in the grave.

11) He asks us to visit him before he dies.



He asks us to visit him before he kicks the bucket.

12) His sense of humour keeps him in good physical condition.



His sense of humour keeps him in good health.

105
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson ten CRIME

Exercise one ♪37


Listen.

1) TO COME TO A BAD END


to develop in a criminal way and suffer the consequences (eg. prison)
When Jim turned to drugs I warned him he would come to a bad end and I was right. Now
he’s in prison for drug dealing.

2) A CAPITAL OFFENCE / A CAPITAL CRIME


an offence which is punished by death
The judge found her guilty of a capital offence and she was hanged a year later.

3) A JAIL BIRD
somebody who has been in prison more than once
The villain in this movie is a jail bird who spent fifteen years in four different prisons.

4) TO SERVE TIME / TO DO TIME


to be in prison
John Smith is still serving time after murdering his wife. I don’t think he’ll be released soon.

5) TO BE AT LARGE
to be free (of a criminal who escaped or is before arrest)
In today’s newspaper we could read that the escaped prisoners haven’t been caught yet and
are still at large.

6) TO BE ON PAROLE
(of a prisoner) to have been released from prison for a short time
The prisoner has been released on condition that he will not commit a crime or try to escape.
He’s on parole.

7) TO BREAK PRISON
to escape from prison
Yesterday two prisoners broke prison in our town, but luckily they were caught five hours
later.

8) TO GO TO LAW
to take up court proceedings against someone
After years of violent abuse from her husband, Amy finally decided to go to law. I hope he’ll
be found guilty and put in jail.

106
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO HAVE CLEAN HANDS


to be innocent
I swear I haven’t stolen this money! I have clean hands and I can prove I’m innocent!

10) TO CATCH SOMEONE RED-HANDED


to discover someone doing something illegal or wrong
The police caught him red-handed trying to take out the wallet from that woman’s pocket.
They saw the whole thing.

11) CRIME DOESN’T PAY


if you do something illegal, you’ll probably be caught and punished
Crime doesn’t pay and sooner or later those who break the law end up in prison.
12) DAYLIGHT ROBBERY
a situation in which you are charged much more for something than you think you should pay
Four pounds for a glass of apple juice? It’s daylight robbery! I will certainly not pay that
much.

13) IN COLD BLOOD


in a cruel and deliberate way
It was not an accident but a planned, deliberate action. Those unarmed civilians were just shot
in cold blood.

14) TO SET A THIEF / TO CATCH A THIEF


to arrest a thief
My family decided to stay up all night to try to catch the thief who was stealing plants from
our back garden.

15) TO BE ON THE ALERT


to be prepared to act immediately
Over one hundred policemen were put on the alert and they were ready to act immediately
when they saw something suspicious.

Exercise two ♪38


Listen.

1) Jim came to a bad end.


2) She was found guilty of a capital offence.
3) He is a jail bird who has spent years in many prisons.
4) John Smith is still serving time.
5) Two prisoners have escaped and are at large now.
6) He’s been released on parole.
7) They broke prison but were caught a day later.
8) Finally Amy decided to go to law.

107
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) I swear I have clean hands.


10) The police caught him red-handed.
11) We all know that crime doesn’t pay.
12) Five pounds for this is just daylight robbery!
13) Those people were shot in cold blood.
14) Everybody wanted to catch this thief.
15) Many policemen were put on the alert.

Exercise three ♪39


Listen.

- Have you heard? Tom Silverblade, the jail bird from our district, has broken prison
again!
- You can’t be serious! People say he’s guilty of a capital offence. Everyone knows he’s
the one who killed poor Mrs Hogan last year.
- Yes, someone murdered her in cold blood but as Tom wasn’t caught red-handed, he
claims he has clean hands.
- Well, we have to be on the alert. Do you remember? Last time he was on parole, he
tried to steal Mr Grey’s car but the police caught him.
- Yes, the Greys went to law and he was imprisoned for twelve months. I remember that.
Well, when Tom was a little boy he was a real troublemaker. Somehow I knew he would
come to a bad end.
- I had the same feeling about him. Look, he has spent half his life in prison but apparently
he hasn’t learnt that crime doesn’t pay.

Exercise four ♪40


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) Tom Silverblade has spent years in various prisons.



Tom Silverblade is a jail bird.

2) He has escaped from prison.



He has broken prison.

3) This offence is punished by death.



This is a capital offence.

4) Someone murdered her deliberately.



Someone murdered her in cold blood.

108
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

5) He wasn’t discovered doing it.



He wasn’t caught red-handed.

6) Tom claims he’s innocent.



Tom claims he has clean hands.

7) We have to watch out.



We have to be on the alert.

8) He was released from prison for a short time.



He was on parole.

9) The police arrested the thief.



The police caught the thief.

10) The Greys took the case to court.



The Greys went to law.

11) I knew he would end up in prison



I knew he would come to a bad end.

12) If you commit a crime, you’ll be punished.



Crime doesn’t pay.

109
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson eleven ENTERTAINMENT

Exercise one ♪41


Listen.

1) TO HAVE A NIGHT OUT


to go out for an evening of entertainment
Let’s go somewhere tonight! We haven’t had a night out for months and I really can’t sit at
home any longer.

2) TO MAKE A DAY OF SOMETHING


to spend the whole day enjoying oneself
Yesterday we rented some movies and made a day of watching our favourite films on video.
We spent all day in front of the TV screen.

3) TO HAVE A GOOD TIME / TO HAVE A GREAT TIME


to enjoy oneself
It was the best wedding I had ever been to. I had a great time and I’m sure all the other guests
enjoyed it too.

4) TO GO OUT ON THE TOWN


to go out and enjoy oneself in the town
When Susan passed her last exam, she and her boyfriend went out on the town and enjoyed
themselves all night long.

5) TO WEAR ONE’S SUNDAY BEST


to wear one’s best clothes
The Grey family, in their Sunday best, set out to church. Even little Betty was wearing her
best pink dress and shining white shoes.

6) A BLIND DATE
an arranged meeting for two people who have never met each other before
I would never go on a blind date. I think it’s quite risky to spend an evening with someone
you’ve never seen before.

7) TO THROW A PARTY
to organise a party and invite people
When Joe turned eighteen, he threw a huge party in a pub and invited almost forty people.

8) TO BE THE LIFE AND SOUL OF THE PARTY


to be someone who enjoys social occasions and is fun to be with
Let’s invite Bob! He’s the life and soul of the party and people always enjoy his company.

110
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) HARD DRINKS
strong drinks
Joe promised his parents they wouldn’t have any hard drinks during the party, just beer and
some wine.
10) TO BE HIGH
to be extremely high-spirited after taking alcohol or drugs
After five glasses of vodka he was so high that he started singing and we had to leave the
restaurant.

11) THIN BEER


weak or watery beer
The food at the party was a disappointment. All we had was thin beer in plastic cups and some
fatty snacks on our tables.

12) TO STAND SOMEONE A DRINK


to pay for someone’s drink
When we broke the news to Jack, he was so happy that he stood us all a drink. Later he even
paid for the snacks.

13) TO GO DUTCH
to share the cost of something, especially a meal
Mary insisted on paying for the meal but we decided to go Dutch and everyone paid for
themselves.

14) TO FEEL LIKE DOING SOMETHING


to have a desire to do something
Carol is tired and she doesn’t feel like going out tonight so let’s stay at home and prepare
something special for supper.

15) TO BE KEEN ON
to like
My flatmates would like to have a party but I have to study so I’m not very keen on the idea.

Exercise two ♪42


Listen and repeat.

1) We haven’t had a night out for months.


2) Yesterday we made a day of watching films on DVD.
3) I had a great time at the party last night.
4) Let’s go out on the town and have some fun.
5) Little Betty was wearing her Sunday best.
6) I would never go on a blind date.
7) When he turned eighteen, he threw a huge party.
8) Bob is the life and soul of the party.
111
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) No hard drinks are allowed at this party.


10) He was so high that he fell asleep on the table.
11) All we drank was thin beer in plastic cups.
12) Let me stand you a drink.
13) After the dinner we decided to go Dutch.
14) I feel like watching a good comedy tonight.
15) I’m not very keen on horror movies.

Exercise three ♪43


Listen.

People think I’m a bore. Let’s face it – it’s not typical of a teenager to be keen on classical
music and ballet. Yesterday, for example, I made a day of watching my favourite ballets on
video. My friends know I’m not the life and soul of the party so they have stopped inviting
me and I haven’t had a night out for months.
Last week, however, Monica was throwing a party and asked me to come. She even
arranged a blind date for me and assured me I would have a great time. I didn’t feel like
going at all but I couldn’t disappoint Monica. In the evening I wore my Sunday best and met
Susan – my date at the pub. I stood us a drink so we could feel more at ease and then we
went to Monica’s place. There were lots of hard drinks on the tables and many guests were
already high. After a while I got so dizzy that I had to leave. Susan left with me. We went to a
small café and had supper together. I insisted on paying for it but finally we went Dutch. It
was a fantastic evening and I hope I will see her again.

Exercise four ♪44


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) I like classical music.



I’m keen on classical music.

2) I spent a day watching ballets.



I made a day of watching ballets.

3) I don’t enjoy social occasions.



I’m not the life and soul of the party.

4) I haven’t gone out for an evening for months.



I haven’t had a night out for months.

5) Monika was organising a party.



Monika was throwing a party.

112
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) She arranged a meeting for two people who had never met before.

She arranged a blind date.

7) She said I would enjoy myself.



She said I would have a great time.

8) I didn’t want to go.



I didn’t feel like going.

9) I wore my best clothes.



I wore my Sunday best.

10) I paid for our drinks.



I stood us some drinks.

11) There were strong drinks on the tables.



There were hard drinks on the tables.

12) Many guests were drunk.



Many guests were high.

13) We shared the cost of the supper.



We went Dutch.

113
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson twelve HOLIDAY / TRAVEL

Exercise one ♪45


Listen.

1) A PACKAGE HOLIDAY
a tour arranged by a travel agent; transportation, food and lodging are all provided at an
inclusive price
If you don’t want to worry about the details of your trip to Greece, I suggest taking a package
holiday. The travel agent will arrange everything for you.

2) A COACH PARTY
a group of people travelling on an organised journey or excursion on a private bus
It’s quite expensive to visit this museum individually but coach parties of over twenty people
are offered big discounts.

3) TO SLEEP IN THE OPEN


to sleep out of doors
The night was so beautiful that we didn’t put up our tents and slept in the open.

4) TO TRAVEL LIGHT
to travel without much luggage
My car is very small so we can’t take much luggage with us. We will have to travel light.

5) TO BE ON THE ROAD
to travel to different places
The band gives a lot of concerts all over the country and it spends four months a year on the
road.

6) TO HIT THE ROAD


to start a journey
I don’t like driving when it’s dark so I’d better hit the road before it gets too late.

7) TO MAKE A TRIP THROUGH THE COUNTRY / TO GO ON A ROUND TRIP


THROUGH THE COUNTRY
to go around the country and return to the starting point
We are planning to rent a caravan and make a round trip through America to show the kids as
much as possible. We start and finish in Seattle.

8) TO BREAK THE JOURNEY


to stop somewhere on the way to somewhere else
David was getting tired of driving so we had to break the journey and have some sleep.

114
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) TO TRAVEL THROUGH / TO TRAVEL NON-STOP


to travel without any breaks
Although we had to cover five hundred kilometres, we decided to travel through and we
didn’t even stop for coffee.

10) TO CROSS A BORDER


to enter another country
When you cross the border and enter another country, you must go through customs control.

11) TO HITCH A RIDE / TO HITCH-HIKE


to stand at the roadside and ask a car driver for a ride
Many young people choose to hitch-hike during their holidays because it’s cheap. They don’t
realise that asking a stranger for a ride can be dangerous.

12) TO GET ITCHY FEET


to have a very strong or irresistible impulse to travel
Why have you bought all these travel brochures? Are you getting itchy feet and planning a
new journey?
13) TO GO ON A GUIDED TOUR
to do the sights with a guide
When we came to London for the first time, we didn’t know our way around so we contacted
a travel agency and went on a guided tour around the city.

14) TO DO A SIGHT-SEEING TOUR


to look round buildings, museums, etc.
Betty wanted to see the most important buildings and monuments in Gdansk so we decided to
do a sight–seeing tour with her.

15) TO TAKE A SHORTCUT


to choose a quicker and more direct way of getting somewhere than the usual one
We thought we would be late for the show so we took a shortcut through the park and this
route turned out to be much quicker.

Exercise two ♪46


Listen and repeat.

1) I advise you to take a package holiday.


2) Coach parties are offered big discounts.
3) The night was warm and we slept in the open.
4) We will travel light this time.
5) I spend four months a year on the road.
6) It’s time for me to hit the road.
7) We want to go on a round trip through Spain.
8) David had to break the journey and have some rest.

115
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) We travelled through and didn’t stop at all.


10) They crossed the border at midnight.
11) Many young people hitch-hike during their holidays.
12) I’m getting itchy feet again.
13) We went on a guided tour around the city.
14) Betty did a sight-seeing tour with her cousin.
15) We took a shortcut through the park.

Exercise three ♪47


Listen.

- I can see you’re getting itchy feet again!


- Yes, I’m planning to make a round trip through Slovakia this time.
- How are you going to get there?
- I’m taking a train and travelling through till I cross the border. Then I’m going to
hitch-hike. In this way I can break the journey whenever I want.
- Wouldn’t you prefer to go an a package holiday?
- Oh, no. I tried to go on a guided tour once and coach parties are just not for me.
- How long will you be away?
- Well, I’m going to be on the road for four weeks.
- Is this all your luggage?
- Yes, I like to travel light.
- Fine, but where are you going to sleep?
- I will sleep in the open if the weather is good enough.
- So when are you leaving?
- I’m hitting the road at 5 a.m. tomorrow.
- Well, good luck and send me a postcard.

Exercise four ♪48


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) I have a strong desire to travel again.



I’m getting itchy feet again.

2) I’ll go around Slovakia.



I’ll make a round trip through Slovakia.

3) I’ll travel without a break.



I’ll travel through.

116
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

4) I’ll stop when I enter Slovakia.



I’ll stop when I cross the border.

5) I’m going to ask drivers for a lift.



I’m going to hitch-hike.

6) I can stop whenever I want.



I can break the journey whenever I want.

7) I don’t like arranged tours.



I don’t like package holidays.

8) Organised groups of tourists are not for me.



Coach parties are not for me.

9) I’ll travel for four weeks.



I’ll be on the road for four weeks.

10) I like travelling with little luggage.



I like travelling light.

11) I’ll sleep out of doors.



I’ll sleep in the open.

12) I’m starting the journey tomorrow.



I’m hitting the road tomorrow.

117
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson thirteen FAMILY

Exercise one ♪49


Listen.

1) A GRASS WIDOW
a woman who spends a lot of time alone, often because her husband is working in another
place
Since my husband got a new job far away from home, I’ve become a grass widow and I admit
I feel very lonely at times.

2) A HENPECKED HUSBAND
a man who is always being told what to do by his wife
Chris is too afraid to disagree with his wife and he always does what she wants so no wonder
his friends call him a henpecked husband.

3) TO WEAR THE TROUSERS


to be the person in a relationship who makes all the important decisions
Ann is the one who wears the trousers in this family. She decides about the family budget and
other most important things.

4) AN OLD MAID
a woman who has never married
My neighbour is an old maid. After her fiancé died in a car accident many years ago, she
decided never to get married.

5) TO LEAD A WOMAN TO THE ALTAR


to marry a woman
After years of friendship, Dave finally led Denise to the altar. They got married in a beautiful
old church in Oxford.

6) A CONFIRMED BACHELOR
a man who doesn’t want to get married
It’s no use trying to find Kevin a wife. He’s a confirmed bachelor and he said he would never
get married.

7) TO HAVE AN AFFAIR
to have a secret sexual relationship with someone
When Mallory found out that her husband had cheated on her and had an affair with his
secretary, she kicked him out of the house.

118
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) FLESH AND BLOOD


relative
How can you be so cruel to your son? He’s your own flesh and blood! You shouldn’t treat
your family members in this way.

9) TO RUN THE STREETS (of children)


to be unattended by parents
Nowadays many parents are too busy to notice that their children are running the streets
unattended, asking for trouble.

10) TO PLAY TRUANT


to stay away from school without permission
Nick played truant nine days last month so the headmaster had to call his mother to inform her
about her son’s absences.

11) TO BE THE BLACK SHEEP OF THE FAMILY


to be someone who is regarded by other members of a family as a failure or embarrassment
My mother was the black sheep of the family – she ran away at seventeen to marry a painter
and her parents never forgave her.

12) TO FOLLOW IN SOMEONE’S FOOTSTEPS


to do the same job or the same things in life as someone else, especially a member of your
family
My father is an actor and when I decided to follow in his footsteps and become an actress
myself, he was very supportive.

13) THE GENERATION GAP


the lack of understanding between older and younger
people
Despite a big age difference between me and my mother, we’ve never felt any generation gap.
We understand each other perfectly.

14) TO BE BORN WITH A SILVER SPOON IN ONE’S MOUTH


to be the son or daughter of a very rich family
He’s never been concerned with money, which is quite natural of someone who was born with
a silver spoon in their mouth. His parents are rich enough to provide for all his needs.

15) BLUE BLOOD


royal or noble ancestry
When she was studying her family tree, she discovered that her great grandmother belonged
to a noble family and so she has a bit of blue blood coursing through her veins.

119
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise two ♪50


Listen and repeat.

1) My husband works abroad and I’m a grass widow.


2) Chris is a henpecked husband.
3) Ann is the one who wears the trousers in this family.
4) My neighbour is an old maid.
5) Dave has finally led Denise to the altar.
6) Kevin is a confirmed bachelor and he’ll never marry.
7) Her husband had an affair with his secretary.
8) Tommy is your own flesh and blood.
9) Many children run the streets unattended.
10) I never played truant when I was at school.
11) Uncle Steve was the black sheep of the family.
12) I will follow in my father’s footsteps some day.
13) The generation gap causes big problems in every family.
14) He was born with a silver spoon in his mouth.
15) I discovered there is blue blood in my family.

Exercise three ♪51


Listen.

My grandma told me once that there is blue blood in our veins. Well, to me my family seems
quite common and I can’t trace any nobility in the way we live. My mother is practically a
grass widow as my father spends eight months a year at sea. When he’s home, he turns into a
quiet henpecked husband and it’s my mum who wears the trousers in my family.
My brother Leo is a confirmed bachelor and he swears he will never lead any woman to the
altar. He is said to be the black sheep of the family. He played truant a lot when he was at
school and now refuses to find himself a job. There are fights between him and our mother
but Leo claims it’s all because of the generation gap.
My sister Clair was afraid of becoming an old maid so when she turned twenty she married
our next-door neighbour. They have three children now and they usually run the streets
completely unattended.
Thus, as you can see, my family is quite ordinary. Sometimes I can’t believe they are my own
flesh and blood.

120
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise four ♪52


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) Our family is of noble origin.



Our family has blue blood in their veins.

2) My mother is often alone as my father works far away from home.



My mother is a grass widow.

3) My father does what my mum tells him.



My father is a henpecked husband.

4) My mother makes all the important decisions in the family.



My mother wears the trousers in my family.

5) Leo doesn’t want to get married.



Leo is a confirmed bachelor.

6) He will never marry anybody.



He will never lead a woman to the altar.

7) Leo is a failure and a disappointment.



Leo is the black sheep of the family.

8) He stayed away from school without permission.



He played truant.

9) They fight because of a big difference in age.



They fight because of the generation gap.

10) Clair was afraid she would never get married.



Clair was afraid she would become an old maid.

11) The kids are often unattended by their parents.



Their kids often run the streets.

12) I can’t believe they are my relatives.



I can’t believe they are my flesh and blood.
121
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC


EXPRESSIONS
Lesson fourteen ANIMALS

Exercise one ♪53


Listen.

1) TO KILL TWO BIRDS WITH ONE STONE


to achieve two aims with only one effort
I killed two birds with one stone and saw some old friends when I was in Brighton on
business.

2) TO TAKE THE BULL BY THE HORNS


to decide to face a problem rather than avoid it
Whenever Sue has a problem, she doesn’t just sit and wait but takes the bull by the horns and
tries to solve it one way or the other.

3) TO HAVE BUTTERFLIES IN ONE’S STOMACH


to feel physical discomfort in one’s stomach because of nervousness
When Joe proposed to me, I was so excited and nervous that I felt butterflies in my stomach

4) TO LET THE CAT OUT OF THE BAG


to reveal a secret
I asked her not to tell anyone but of course she let the cat out of the bag and now everybody
knows I’m in love.

5) TO GO TO THE DOGS
to decline into a very bad state
Nobody took care of the building so after twenty years it went to the dogs completely. Now
it’s a ruin.

6) TO LET SLEEPING DOGS LIE


to avoid mentioning the subject as it could cause trouble
George felt he should confront his brother and tell him he was a liar but this would cause a
fight so he didn’t say a word and let sleeping dogs lie.

7) TO HAVE OTHER FISH TO FRY


to have more important tasks to attend to
Whenever Helen asks her husband to help her with the kids, he says he has other fish to fry. I
think all these important tasks he has to attend to are just an excuse.

122
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

8) TO TAKE THE LION’S SHARE


to take the largest part
After winning a lottery we were planning to share the money equally but Steve took the lion’s
share and left the country. We were left with just a small part of what we had won.

9) TO BUY A PIG IN A POKE


to buy or accept something without first seeing it or knowing what it’s like
I never buy clothes from a catalogue. Without trying them on first, it’s like buying a pig in a
poke.

10) TO SMELL A RAT


to detect something suspicious
We were planning to play a trick on Peter but he detected there was something suspicious
going on. He smelled a rat immediately.

11) TO COOK SOMEONE’S GOOSE


to spoil someone’s plans either intentionally or unintentionally
My little brother really cooked my goose when he told my parents what present I had for
them. He ruined my chance to surprise them.

12) TO HAVE A BEE IN ONE’S BONNET


to keep talking about something again and again
She’s got a real bee in her bonnet about saving electricity and keeps telling us to switch off
the lights, turn off the TV and so on.

13) TO RAIN CATS AND DOGS


to rain heavily
It’s raining cats and dogs! If you are planning to leave, you’d better wait until it stops raining
so heavily.

14) TO GO AT A SNAIL’S PACE


to go extremely slowly
Thousands of people were driving to spend the weekend outside New York so we were
moving very slowly as the traffic was going at a snail’s pace.

15) TO BE A WOLF IN SHEEP’S CLOTHING


to seem to be pleasant and friendly but be in fact dangerous or evil
Tom can be dangerous so be careful with him. On the surface warm and charming, he might
prove to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing.

123
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Exercise two ♪54


Listen and repeat.

1) I killed two birds with one stone.


2) He didn’t wait and took the bull by the horns.
3) I have butterflies in my stomach before each exam.
4) She let the cat out of the bag and spoiled the surprise.
5) This building has gone to the dogs lately.
6) He didn’t say a word and let sleeping dogs lie.
7) He had other fish to fry and left.
8) Steve took the lion’s share of the money.
9) I would never buy a pig in a poke.
10) Peter smelled a rat immediately.
11) I wanted to surprise him but he cooked my goose.
12) She has a bee in her bonnet about having a baby.
13) It’s raining cats and dogs again!
14) We were moving at a snail’s pace.
15) Tom proved to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing.

Exercise three ♪55


Listen.
Ben seemed to have a bee in his bonnet about having a little cottage somewhere in the
country. When he finally found a perfect offer on the Internet, he decided to see the place. He
wouldn’t like to buy a pig in a poke.
It was raining cats and dogs when he and his business partner, Matthew, were sitting on the
train to a small village near London. They had some business to do there so Ben decided to
kill two birds with one stone and see the cottage as well. The train went at a snail’s pace so
they had time to talk. Matthew didn’t know about Ben’s plans. At the end of the journey,
however, Ben let the cat out of the bag.
Later, when they were about to take a train back, Matthew said that he had other fish to fry
and he stayed in the village. At that point Ben could smell a rat but he let the sleeping dogs
lie and didn’t say a word. He had butterflies in his stomach on his way back. Having
reached the office, he decided to take the bull by the horns and confront Matthew openly.
After a short telephone conversation Ben found out that Matthew had cooked his goose as he
had bought the cottage for himself. He turned out to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing and Ben
wished he had kept his mouth shut.

Exercise four ♪56


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) Ben kept talking about buying a cottage.



Ben had a bee in his bonnet about buying a cottage.

124
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

2) He didn’t want to buy it without seeing it first.



He didn’t want to buy a pig in a poke.

3) It was raining heavily.



It was raining cats and dogs.

4) Ben did some business and saw the cottage as well.



Ben killed two birds with one stone.

5) The train went very slowly.



The train went at a snail’s pace.

6) Ben revealed his secret.



Ben let the cat out of the bag.

7) Matthew had other tasks to attend to.



Mathew had other fish to fry.

8) Ben detected something suspicious.



Ben smelled a rat.

9) He didn’t mention the subject to avoid trouble.



He let sleeping dogs lie.

10) He was very worried.



He had butterflies in his stomach.

11) He decided to face the problem.



He decided to take the bull by the horns.

12) Matthew spoiled Ben’s plans.



Matthew cooked Ben’s goose.

13) Matthew turned out not to be a real friend.



Matthew turned out to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing.

125
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson fifteen PARTS OF THE BODY

Exercise one ♪57


Listen.

1) TO DO SOMETHING BEHIND SOMEONE’S BACK


to do something without one’s knowledge, in a way which is unfair
Ben must be informed about our plans. I don’t want to do anything behind his back.

2) TO MAKE NO BONES ABOUT SOMETHING


to say clearly what you think or feel although you may embarrass or offend somebody
My mother-in-law admits quite openly that she doesn’t like me. At family meetings she
makes no bones about how much she hates me.

3) TO GET SOMETHING OFF ONE’S CHEST


to tell someone about something that has been worrying you in order to make you feel better
Come on! Tell me what’s troubling you. You will feel better once you get it off your chest.

4) TO BE ALL EARS
to be very eager to hear what someone’s going to say
Mary was very curious to find out what had happened at the party so when I started talking,
she was all ears.

5) TO BE AN EYE-OPENER
to be an experience from which you learn something surprising or new
This film has changed the way I see mother-daughter relationships. It was a real eye-opener.

6) TO HAVE AN EYE FOR SOMETHING to be good at noticing something


Helen has an eye for details so when we met yesterday she immediately noticed my new
make-up.

7) TO HAVE SOMETHING AT ONE’S FINGERTIPS


to have knowledge or information ready and available to use very easily
If you need any more information, it’s ready and available. We have all the facts and figures
at our fingertips.

8) TO MAKE ONE’S HAIR STAND ON END


to make someone feel very frightened
I’m afraid of heights and the thought of trying bungee-jumping is so terrifying that it makes
my hair stand on end.

9) TO LEARN SOMETHING BY HEART


to memorise something
The teacher asked us to learn the poem by heart so I spent all evening memorising it.

126
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) TO PULL SOMEONE’S LEG


to tell someone something that is not true as a way of joking with them
I thought she was pulling my leg when she told me about her engagement but she wasn’t
joking at all.

11) TO HAVE SOMETHING ON THE TIP OF ONE’S TONGUE

to want to say something but cannot remember it


I had her surname on the tip of my tongue but no matter how hard I tried, I couldn’t remember
it.

12) TO STICK ONE’S NECK OUT


to give an opinion which other people may not like or are frightened to give
All the staff members were of an opinion that the manager had made a mistake but nobody
wanted to stick their neck out and say it out loud. They were afraid of losing their jobs.

13) TO BE GETTING OUT OF HAND


to be getting out of control
When they started arguing, things got a little out of hand and the neighbours called the police
to get the situation under control.

14) TO SPLIT HAIRS


to argue or worry about small, unimportant details
Oh, stop splitting hairs! It’s natural for a teenager to spend more time with his friends instead
of his parents. There is really nothing to worry about.

15) TO HAVE A CHIP ON ONE’S SHOULDER


to easily become offended or angry because you think you’ve been treated unfairly in the past
She has a chip on her shoulder about her height so, please, don’t mention this subject because
she might get offended.

Exercise two ♪58


Listen and repeat.
1) We mustn’t do anything behind his back.
2) He made no bones about what he really thought.
3) Tell me! Just get it off your chest!
4) Go on. I’m all ears.
5) This film was a real eye-opener.
6) You have an eye for details.
7) The information you need is at your fingertips.
8) The scream made my hair stand on end.
9) The students must learn the poem by heart.
10) I don’t like such jokes so stop pulling my leg!

127
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

11) I had her name on the tip of my tongue.


12) Only Paul was brave enough to stick his neck out.
13) The situation is getting out of hand.
14) There is no need to worry so stop splitting hairs!
15) He has a chip on his shoulder about his height.

Exercise three ♪59


Listen.

I have a chip on my shoulder about loyalty in a marriage. I always suspect my husband of


doing something behind my back. Whenever he’s late from work I make no bones about
how jealous I am. I tell him “OK, what is it this time? I’m all ears!” I can see he is getting
tired of this. He says I’m splitting hairs.
But I really suffer! One day I broke down and I wanted to get it off my chest so I called my
friend Lucy. She has an eye for details so I asked her if she had noticed that the situation in
my marriage was getting out of hand. At first she refused to talk to me because she didn’t
want to stick her neck out. I assured her that I needed her honest opinion. What I heard
made my hair stand on end. At first I thought she was pulling my leg but she was serious
when she told me I was the one who was destroying my marriage. We talked for hours and
this conversation was a real eye-opener. I decided to go to therapy.

Exercise four ♪60


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) I’m very sensitive about loyalty.



I have a chip on my shoulder about loyalty.

2) I suspect that my husband is cheating on me.



I suspect my husband is doing something behind my back.

3) I’m quite open about how jealous I am.



I make no bones about how jealous I am.

4) I’m ready to listen to him.



I’m all ears!

5) I’m arguing about unimportant things.



I’m splitting hairs.

128
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) I wanted to share my pain with someone.



I wanted to get it off my chest.

7) Lucy is good at noticing details.



Lucy has an eye for details.

8) The situation was getting out of control.



The situation was getting out of hand.

9) Lucy was afraid to express what she really thought.



Lucy didn’t want to stick her neck out.

10) The truth frightened me.



The truth made my hair stand on end.

11) At first I thought she was joking.



At first I thought she was pulling my leg.

12) This conversation helped me learn new things.



This conversation was a real eye-opener.

129
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson sixteen COLOURS

Exercise one ♪61


Listen.

1) TO BEAT SOMEBODY BLACK AND BLUE


to beat him so that he has many bruises
He was beaten black and blue in school yesterday. There are bruises all over his body.

2) TO FEEL BLUE
to be sad or miserable
Autumn always makes me feel blue. I get sad and depressed when it rains too often.

3) TO HAVE GREEN FINGERS


to be good at gardening
My mother is very good at gardening and her plants look really impressive. People say she
has green fingers.

4) TO BE GREEN
to be too trusting, inexperienced
Tom is very young and inexperienced and I think he is too green to be responsible for this
project.

5) TO BE IN THE RED
to owe money to one’s bank
We won’t get a loan from this bank as we’re already in the red. We owe it two thousand
pounds.

6) TO BE IN THE BLACK
not to be in debt, to have more assets than liabilities
The Browns will pay off all their debts by March and then they will be in the black again.

7) A BLACKOUT
a sudden loss of consciousness or memory
Unfortunately, she had a blackout and doesn’t remember who hit her and what happened next.
She was unconscious for half an hour.

8) OUT OF THE BLUE


suddenly
I got a bit of a shock when, out of the blue, after twenty years, he turned up on my doorstep.

9) A WHITE LIE
a small lie which does not harm anybody
People sometimes tell white lies just to avoid hurting someone’s feelings.

130
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) WHITE COFFEE


coffee with milk
Sharon popped in this morning to borrow some milk because she won’t leave the house before
having a white coffee for breakfast.

11) TO SEE SOMETHING THROUGH ROSE-COLOURED SPECTACLES


to think something is more pleasant than it really is
She has only nice memories from her childhood but I’m afraid she sees it through rose-
coloured spectacles as her early years weren’t really so happy.

12) TO PAINT THE TOWN RED


to celebrate wildly and noisily in public places
When Jack graduated from college, he and his friends went out to paint the town red. They
had fun in pubs and restaurants all night long.

13) TO SEE THE RED LIGHT


to recognise danger
We were just about to jump into the lake when John saw the red light and stopped us. He
probably saved our lives as the water in that place was very shallow.

14) TO PUT OUT THE RED CARPET (FOR SOMEONE)


to welcome him in a special way
Every time we visit aunt Grace she puts out the red carpet for us. She always gives us such a
warm welcome.

15) A RED HERRING


something that takes people’s attention away from the main subject
His comment on the political situation was just a red herring as he tried to avoid talking about
his problems and to divert our attention to another subject.

Exercise two ♪62


Listen and repeat.

1) He was beaten black and blue in school yesterday.


2) Autumn always makes me feel blue.
3) My mother has green fingers.
4) He is too green to be held responsible for this.
5) We are in the red so we won’t get this loan.
6) They’ve paid off their debts and are in the black again.
7) She had a blackout and doesn’t remember a thing.
8) He turned up out of the blue.
9) People often tell white lies.
10) I love white coffee.
11) She sees her boyfriend through rose-coloured spectacles.

131
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

12) We painted the town red last weekend.


13) John saw the red light and didn’t jump.
14) Aunt Grace always puts out a red carpet for us.
15) His last comment was just a red herring.

Exercise three ♪63


Listen.

I almost had a blackout when I saw Sue Thorn on my doorstep yesterday. It was a shock as
she appeared out of the blue after five years with a little girl beside her.
We were a couple once. I admit we had a lot of fun together. We used to paint the town red
every weekend and although we both worked, we were always in the red. We were too green
to start saving up. I remember our little flat that we rented. It was full of plants as Sue had
green fingers. Whenever she felt blue, I used to make her white coffee and assure her I
would never leave her. It was a white lie. She saw me through rose-coloured spectacles so
she couldn’t notice that I was not ready to commit. When she started to talk about having a
baby, I saw the red light. I moved out the next day and we haven’t met since then.
And now, seeing her after so long, I was too surprised to put out the red carpet for her, I
just didn’t know what to say.

Exercise four ♪64


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) I almost lost consciousness.



I almost had a blackout.

2) She appeared suddenly.



She appeared out of the blue.

3) We used to go out and celebrate.



We used to paint the town red.

4) We were always in debt.



We were always in the red.

5) We were very inexperienced.



We were green.

6) Sue was good at taking care of plants.



Sue had green fingers.

132
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

7) She sometimes felt sad.



She sometimes felt blue.

8) I made her coffee with milk.



I made her white coffee.

9) I told her small lies.



I told her white lies.

10) She thought I was better than I really was.



She saw me through rose-coloured spectacles.

11) I recognised the danger.



I saw the red light.

12) I was too surprised to welcome her warmly.



I was too surprised to put out the red carpet for her.

133
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON

Exercise one ♪65


Listen.

1) AS BOLD AS A LION
very brave
Little Frank is as bold as a lion. He is very brave and has announced he will become a fire-
fighter in the future.

2) AS BRITTLE AS GLASS
fragile
Judy is very sensitive and fragile. In fact she is as brittle as glass so be careful not to hurt her.

3) AS BUSY AS A BEE
very busy
With this huge house and four kids around, Mary has a lot of work. She is as busy as a bee all
day long.

4) AS CHANGEABLE AS THE WEATHER


somebody who changes his moods very often
It is quite natural for Henry to be happy at one moment and very sad or depressed an hour
later. He is as changeable as the weather.

5) AS COOL AS A CUCUMBER
calm at a time of difficulty or danger
Everyone panicked when they saw the bear. Only Paul stayed as cool as a cucumber and
distracted its attention calmly and cleverly.

6) AS CUNNING AS A FOX
clever and deceitful
Becky is very clever and deceitful. Remember she can be as cunning as a fox so don’t let her
fool you.

7) AS DIFFERENT AS CHALK AND CHEESE


very different
Although they are twins, they don’t look alike. In fact they are as different as chalk and
cheese both in appearance and character.

8) AS EASY AS ABC
very easy
When I tried horse-riding, I soon found out that it was as easy as ABC. I learned it quite fast.

134
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) AS FIT AS A FIDDLE
very fit, of excellent physical health
Agnes is as fit as a fiddle. She’s always enjoyed an excellent physical condition.

10) AS FIRM AS A ROCK


resolute
It’s no use trying to make him change his mind. He’s as firm as a rock and I’m sure he’ll stick
to what he has decided.

11) AS GOOD AS GOLD


of a well-behaved child or an orderly person
Her children are as good as gold. She’s never had any problems with them.

12) AS LIGHT AS A FEATHER


of very little weight
When little Sue broke her leg, I had to carry her to hospital. Thanks God she’s as light as a
feather.

13) AS LIKE AS TWO PEAS IN A POD


very much alike in appearance or character
Mary and Ashley are like two peas in a pod. They are so similar that I never know which one
I’m talking to.

14) AS POOR AS A CHURCH MOUSE


very poor
When Jane divorced her husband, she was left without a penny. Now she’s as poor as a
church mouse.

15) AS QUICK AS LIGHTNING


very fast
When it comes to cooking, James is as quick as lightning! He can prepare delicious food
within minutes!

Exercise two ♪66


Listen and repeat.

1) Frank is little but he’s as bold as a lion.


2) Judy is as brittle as glass so be careful with her.
3) With all this housework she is as busy as a bee.
4) Henry can be as changeable as the weather.
5) Only Paul stayed as cool as a cucumber when panic broke out.
6) Betty is clever and as cunning as a fox.
7) Those brothers are as different as chalk and cheese.
8) Horse-riding is as easy as ABC.
135
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

9) Agnes is slim and as fit as a fiddle.


10) He’s as firm as a rock and won’t change his mind.
11) Her children are as good as gold.
12) Little Sue is as light as a feather.
13) These twins are like two peas in a pod.
14) He left her and now she’s as poor as a church mouse.
15) When it comes to cooking, James is as quick as lightning.

Exercise three ♪67


Finish the sentences.

1) When you are very brave, you are as bold as …. (a lion)


You are as bold as a lion.

2) When something is fragile it’s as brittle as … (glass)


It’s as brittle as glass

3) A hard-working person is as busy as … (a bee)


A person is as busy as a bee.

4) Somebody who changes his moods very often is as changeable as …


(the weather)
They are as changeable as the weather.

5) If someone remains calm when in danger, he is as cool as…


(a cucumber)
He is as cool as a cucumber.

6) A deceitful person tends to be as cunning as … (a fox)


A person is as cunning as a fox.

7) Sometimes siblings can be as different as… (chalk and cheese)


Siblings can be as different as chalk and cheese.

8) I found horse-riding as easy as… (ABC)


Horse-riding is as easy as ABC.

9) Somebody who enjoys an excellent physical condition is as fit as…(a fiddle)


He is as fit as a fiddle.

10) If you are resolute, you are as firm as… (a rock)


You are as firm as a rock.

136
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

11) A well-behaved child is as good as… (gold)


A child is as good as gold.

12) When a person weighs very little, she’s as light as… (a feather)
She is as light as a feather.

13) If twins are very much alike, they are like … (two peas in a pod)
The twins are like two peas in a pod.

14) When someone is very poor, he’s as poor as… (a church mouse)
He’s as poor as a church mouse.

15) If someone is very quick, we say he’s as quick as … (lightning)


He is as quick as lightning.

137
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson eighteen BINOMINALS

Exercise one ♪68


Listen.

1) ODDS AND ENDS


small, unimportant things
We have little time now. Let’s pack only the most important things and we‘ll come back to
get the odds and ends later.

2) GIVE AND TAKE


a spirit of compromise
Partners need to give and take. Every relationship must be based on compromise.

3) PART AND PARCEL


part
Don’t blame yourself! Teenagers have a right to make mistakes. It’s just part and parcel of
growing up.

4) TO GO TO RACK AND RUIN


to get ruined decayed
Nobody looks after this house so sooner or later it’ll go to rack and ruin.

5) TO BE PRIM AND PROPER


rather formal and fussy
The atmosphere at work is very formal now as our new boss is so prim and proper.

6) TO BE ROUGH AND READY


of poor standard
The room we rented was a bit rough and ready but we couldn’t afford a better standard.

7) TO PICK AND CHOOSE


to have a wide choice
Our school offers a variety of courses for everyone. You are free to pick and choose.

8) LEAPS AND BOUNDS


big jumps
Since she moved to Paris, her French has been progressing in leaps and bounds. She’s made
huge progress very fast.

9) PEACE AND QUIET


calm
When Paul and Mary retired, they moved to the country to find some peace and quiet. They
were tired of the noisy city.

138
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

10) HERE AND THERE


scattered round
The area was really empty. Only a few huts were scattered here and there across the fields.

11) ON AND OFF


occasionally
Although our families don’t meet very often, we call each other on and off just to say what’s
new.

12) BACK AND FORTH


to and from somewhere
Since my husband got a job in Great Britain, we’ve been travelling back and forth between
London and Warsaw.

13) DOWN AND OUT


without a home or money
When I last saw him he was a down and out with no home, no money and no chances for a
job.

14) UP AND DOWN


in both directions
When she entered the room, she immediately attracted the attention of all the guests.
Especially the men eyed her up and down as she looked really gorgeous.

15) BACK TO FRONT


the wrong way
I was embarrassed to discover right in the middle of the meeting that I had my blouse on back
to front. I must have been in a hurry and put it on the wrong way.

Exercise two ♪69


Listen and repeat.

1) We’ll come back later to pack the odds and ends.


2) Good partners have to learn how to give and take.
3) Making mistakes is part and parcel of growing up.
4) This old house has gone to rack and ruin.
5) Our new boss is very prim and proper.
6) The room we rented was rather rough and ready.
7) They offered a wide selection so we could pick and choose.
8) My English is progressing in leaps and bounds.
9) We moved to the country to find peace and quiet.
10) I saw some huts scattered here and there.
11) We love each other but we argue on and off.
12) I have two homes so I travel back and forth.

139
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

13) When he lost his job he was a down and out.


14) She looked good so all the men eyed her up and down.
15) I put my blouse on back to front.

Exercise three ♪70


Listen.

Arguments with parents are part and parcel of growing up. Parents need peace and quiet
and young people want to have fun. On and off every teenager has to manifest his or her
independence. Peter Jones was no exception. He lived in a village where there were only a
few houses scattered here and there. There was nothing to do there for a young person so he
used to travel back and forth to the town which was 20 kilometres away from his village. His
parents disapproved of this and finally Peter ran away from home. He moved to his
girlfriend’s flat which was very rough and ready but enough for a start. Peter started to look
for a job but as he was 18 and with no education he couldn’t pick and choose. Soon the
couple ran out of money. The flat went to rack and ruin and so did their relationship. Peter
realised he was a down and out and couldn’t see any way out of this situation. He was
walking up and down an empty street one night when he realised that it was time to go back
to his village. His parents were very prim and proper for a few days but then their hearts
melted. Peter had learned his lesson and he understood that in order to finish school he would
have to live with his parents and this would be a give and take process. Now he was ready to
accept it.

Exercise four ♪71


Paraphrase the sentences using the idiomatic expressions.

1) Arguments are an integral part of growing up.



Arguments are part and parcel of growing up.

2) Parents need calm.



Parents need peace and quiet.

3) Occasionally every teenager must rebel.



On and off every teenager must rebel.

4) There were houses scattered around.



There were houses scattered here and there.

5) He used to travel to and from the town.



He used to travel back and forth.

140
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

6) The flat was of poor standard.



The flat was rough and ready.

7) He didn’t have a wide choice.



He couldn’t pick and choose.

8) The flat went into decay.



The flat went to rack and ruin.

9) He was without a home or money.



He was a down and out.

10) He was walking in both directions.



He was walking up and down.

11) His parents were very formal and fussy.



His parents were very prim and proper.

12) They will have to learn to compromise.



They will have to learn to give and take.

141
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson nineteen
SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS

Exercise one ♪72


Listen.

1) HOW COME?
Why? / How does it happen? / How did it happen?
- I’m afraid I’ve forgotten to pay the last electricity bill.
- How come? How was that possible? Please explain that to me now!

2) HOW’S THAT?
Why? / What’s the reason for it?
- We can’t go to the show tonight.
- How’s that? What’s the reason?
- I’ve lost the tickets.

3) SO WHAT?
What does it matter?
- Oh no! I’ve spilt some ketchup on my shirt.
- So what? It is not a problem. Just take it off and wash it in hot water.

4) WHAT’S UP?
What’s the matter?
- Have you heard about Sue’s problems?
- No, what’s up?

5) WHAT OF IT?
What does it matter?
- Peter didn’t accept our invitation.
- What of it? For me it doesn’t matter at all. We will have fun without him.

6) WHAT IF…?
what will happen if…?
- Do you have any idea how to solve the problem?
- What if we ask someone?

7) COME ON!
used to tell someone to hurry
- Have you seen my glasses? I can’t find them anywhere.
- Come on, we’ll miss the train!

142
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

used to encourage someone to do something


- I‘m helpless. I don’t know how to do it.
- Come on, you can do it! Don’t give up so easily.

used to tell someone that you know that what they have just said was not true or right
- Do you know my girlfriend’s got a Porsche?
- Oh come on, don’t lie!

8) NO WAY! / IN NO WAY!
Certainly not.
- Will you apologise to her?
- No way! She is the one to blame.

9) IT’S TOO BAD! / THAT’S TOO BAD!


It’s a pity.
- I’m afraid I won’t be able to join you for the weekend.
- That’s too bad. We really wish you could come.

10) TIME’S UP
There is no more time allowed.
- Can I finish writing the last question?
- Unfortunately not. Time is up! Please, stop writing now and leave your test on my
desk.

11) TIME FLIES


Time is passing very quickly.
- I can’t believe it’s been seven years since we last met.
- Oh yes, you’re right. Time flies! Those years have passed so fast!

12) TAKE IT EASY


Be calm.
- I’m so worried about the exams.
- Take it easy! I’m sure everything will be all right.

13) SO LONG!
a friendly way to say goodbye
- OK, now I really have to go. So long!
- See you tomorrow then.

14) GO AHEAD!
Start! Begin!
- May I start my presentation now?
- Go ahead! Everybody’s waiting.

143
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

15) NEVER MIND!


Don’t worry or be upset about something.
- I’m sorry, I’ve forgotten the money I owe you.
- Never mind! You can pay me later.

16) CHEERS!
used when you lift a glass of alcohol in order to express good wishes
- Let’s drink to our dear host! Cheers!
- Cheers!

17) AND SO ON/FORTH


used to refer to other things of the type you have already mentioned
- So how is it to be a young mother?
- Well, every day looks the same: nappies, soups and so on.
18) IT’S NO GOOD
used to say that an action will not achieve what it’s intended to achieve
- Do you think we can win the race?
- It’s no good trying! We are not fit enough.

19) GOOD HEAVENS!


used to express surprise
- How do you like my new hairstyle?
- Good Heavens! What have you done? It looks terrible!

20) BLESS YOU!


something you say when someone sneezes
- Atishoo!
- Bless you!

Exercise two ♪73


Listen and repeat.

1) How come you’ve forgotten to pay the bill?


2) How is that? What’s the reason?
3) You’ve spilled some ketchup? So what?
4) What’s up? I haven’t heard from you for ages.
5) What of it? It really doesn’t matter.
6) What if we ask someone?
7) Come on, hurry up!
8) Come on, you can do it!
9) Oh, come on, don’t lie!
10) I will never apologise to her! No way!
11) It’s too bad you can’t join us.

144
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

12) Time is up! You must stop writing!


13) Time flies! It really passes very quickly.
14) Try to stay calm and just take it easy.
15) So long! See you later!
16) You start first so go ahead!
17) Never mind! You really don’t have to worry!
18) Let’s drink to our host! Cheers!
19) Taking care of a little baby is just soups, nappies and so on.
20) It’s no good trying as we have no chance of winning.
21) Good heavens! Your hair looks terrible!
22) Atishoo! – Bless you!

Exercise three ♪74


Reply to the speaker in the following situations.

1) I’m afraid I’ve forgotten my Come on! You can do it!


homework.
… 10) We’ve won €1,000, 000.
How come? …
Come on! You’re joking!
3) We can’t do the shopping today.
… 11) Will you lend me your car for the
How’s that? weekend?

4) Oh, no! I’ve broken the glass. No way!

So what? 12) I’m afraid I can’t go with you to the
party.
5) Have you heard the latest news? …
That’s too bad.
No, what’s up?
13) Do we have some more time?
6) Peter didn’t accept our invitation. …
… No, time is up.
What of it?
14) So many years have passed since
7) Do you have any idea how to solve our first meeting.
the problem? …
… Time flies.
What if we ask someone?
15) I’m really worried now.
8) I can’t find the keys anywhere. …
… Take it easy!
Come on! Hurry up!
16) See you tomorrow then!
9) I really don’t know how to do it …
… So long!!

145
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

17) May I start now? 20) My life is soups, nappies…


… …
Go ahead. And so on.

18) I’m so sorry I’ve forgotten your 21) Is there any sense in trying?
book. …
… It’s no good.
Never mind.
22) Mary had a car accident.
19) Cheers! …
… Good Heavens!
Cheers!
23) Atishoo!

Bless you!

146
Idioms Parts 1 & 2

Lesson twenty PROVERBS


♪75
ACTIONS SPEAK LOUDER THAN what people actually do is more important
WORDS than what they say
ALL’S WELL THAT ENDS WELL an event with a good ending is good even if
some things went wrong along the way
ALL THAT GLITTERS IS NOT GOLD appearances can be deceptive and things that
look or sound valuable can be worthless
A BAD WORKMAN ALWAYS an unskilled, careless or irresponsible person
BLAMES HIS TOOLS will not take the responsibility or admit that
he has done wrong, but will blame everything
on his tools or materials
BARKING DOGS SELDOM BITE some people are not as unpleasant or rude as
they seem to be when they talk to you
BETTER LATE THAN NEVER it’s better to do something late than never
A BIRD IN THE HAND IS WORTH something you already have is better you
TWO IN THE BUSH might get
DON’T COUNT YOUR CHICKENS don’t make plans depending on something
BEFORE THEY HATCH advantageous which has not yet happened
DON’T PUT ALL YOUR EGGS INTO don’t depend completely on the success of one
ONE BASKET thing
DON’T PUT THE CART BEFORE THE don’t do or put things in the wrong order
HORSE
THE EARLY BIRD CATCHES THE a person who gets up or arrives early will get
WORM the reward
HONESTY IS THE BEST POLICY it is always sensible and wise to act honestly
IT’S NO USE CRYING OVER SPILT it’s no use being unhappy or sorry about
MILK something which cannot now be changed
IT NEVER RAINS BUT IT POURS problems do not happen one at a time but all
together
MAKE HAY WHILE THE SUN SHINES make the most of good times
/ STRIKE WHILE THE IRON IS HOT
NECESSITY IS THE MOTHER OF our needs make us think of new solutions
INVENTION
NO GAIN WITHOUT PAIN wealth cannot be acquired without much
effort
NO NEWS IS GOOD NEWS if there were bad news we should hear it
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT by constantly practicing, you will become
better
THE ROAD TO HELL IS PAVED people often make a situation much worse
WITH GOOD INTENTIONS when they intended to make it better
ROME WAS NOT BUILT IN A DAY important things don’t happen overnight
TOO MANY COOKS SPOIL THE too many people trying to manage something
BROTH simply spoil it
YOU CAN’T HAVE YOUR CAKE AND you can’t have the advantages of something
EAT IT without the disadvantages that go with it

147
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

GLOSSARY - GLOSSAIRE

PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS


Lesson one BUSINESS AND MONEY
1. a business runs at a profit / a business runs une affaire rapporte de l’argent / fait perdre de
at a loss l’argent
2. finances are in good shape / finances are in les finances vont bien / les finances vont mal
bad shape
3. a falling market un marché en baisse
4. to put money into business mettre de l’argent dans une affaire
5. to close a deal / to close a bargain conclure un accord / un deal
6. sharp practices des pratiques douteuses
7. a sleeping partner un commanditaire / un partenaire dormant
8. a take over une prise de contrôle / un raid
9. to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt faire faillite
10. to make money gagner de l’argent
11. to be in the money faire fortune
12. to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner être salarié
13. to make a living gagner sa vie
14. to be well-off être riche
15. to tighten one’s belt se serrer la ceinture

Lesson two WORK


1. to get down to business se mettre au travail
2. to roll one’s sleeves up remonter ses manches
3. to be on business être dans les affaires
4. to work in the field travailler sur le terrain
5. a white-collar worker / a blue-collar un col blanc / un col bleu
worker
6. to be on duty / to be off duty être en service / être de repos
7. to do overtime / to work overtime faire des heures supplémentaires
8. to be on piece work être aux pièces
9. to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be le travail posté (en 3-8 ou en 2-8)
on nights)
10. to be on call être d’astreinte
11. to fire somebody licencier quelqu’un
12. to give somebody the sack / to get the sack mettre quelqu’un à la porte
13. to go on the dole se retrouver aux ASSEDIC
14. to go on strike faire grêve
15. a blackleg un briseur de grêve

Lesson three TIME


1. to be on time être à l’heure
2. to be behind time être en retard
3. to take one’s time prendre son temps
4. to do sth at the last minute faire quelque chose à la dernière minute
5. to do sth on the spur of the moment faire quelque chose sur un coup de tête
6. to be up-to-date / out-of-date être à la page / être dépassé
148
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

7. it’s high time il est grand temps de


8. to have a minute avoir une minute
9. at any moment a n’importe quel moment
10. every now and then de temps en temps
11. once in a blue moon tous les trente-six du mois
12. once in a while parfois
13. a night-bird un oiseau de nuit
14. an early bird un lève-tôt
15. to kill time tuer le temps

Lesson four CONVERSATION


1. to talk at cross purposes (mener) un dialogue de sourd
2. to get hold of the wrong end of the stick comprendre quelque chose (tout) de travers
3. to get a word in edgeways glisser un mot
4. to talk behind somebody’s back parler derrière le dos de quelqu’un
5. to give somebody a talking-to faire des reproches à quelqu’un
6. to put it in a nutshell dire quelque chose en un mot
7. to be long-winded être bavard et ennuyeux
8. to speak one’s mind parler franchement
9. to talk rubbish dire des bêtises
10. to talk sense parler de façon sensée
11. to take the hint comprendre une allusion
12. to take something into account prendre en compte quelque chose
13. to cut a long story short bref
14. to beat about the bush tourner autour du pot
15. to have a word with somebody dire un mot à quelqu’un

Lesson five DISCUSSION


1. an open question une question en suspens
2. a storm in a teacup une tempête dans un verre d’eau
3. to cross swords croiser le fer avec quelqu’un (dans une
discussion)
4. to drop the subject laisser tomber un sujet
5. to change one’s mind changer d’avis
6. to bear something in mind avoir quelque chose à l’esprit
7. to make up one’s mind se décider à
8. to take something for granted prendre quelque chose pour argent comptant
9. to come to the point / to get to the point / to aller à l’essentiel
reach the point
10. to fail to see the point / to miss the point ne pas saisir le fond du problème
11. to get the point / to see the point comprendre le but de quelque chose
12. to make one’s point exprimer son point de vue
13. to hold one’s tongue tenir sa langue
14. to have the last word else can make a reply or objection avoir le
dernier mot
15. in a way / in some ways dans un sens
16. all in all l’un dans l’autre
17. for one thing en premier lieu
18. to be out of place être déplacé
19. to be out of the question être hors de question
20. to wrap up the discussion conclure une discussion

149
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson six PROBLEMS


1. to stir things up provoquer sciemment des problèmes
2. to pour oil on troubled waters ramener le calme
3. to lay one’s cards on the table mettre cartes sur la tables
4. to get to the bottom of things aller jusqu’au fond des choses
5. to get a grasp commencer à comprendre
6. to see a light at the end of the tunnel voir une lumière au bout du tunnel
7. to sweep under the carpet passer sous silence
8. to be in a fix être dans le pétrin
9. to be at a crossroads être à la croisée des chemins / à un moment
décisif
10. to find a happy medium trouver le juste milieu
11. to skate on thin ice avancer en terrain miné
12. to put oneself in someone else’s shoes se mettre à la place de quelqu’un
13. to take something to heart prendre quelque chose à cœur
14. to keep a straight face garder son sérieux
15. to burn one’s fingers se brûler les doigts
16. to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges couper les ponts
17. to get into hot water / to get into a mess s’attirer des ennuis
18. to mind your own business s’occuper de ses oignons / de ses pieds
19. to see daylight voir le bout du tunnel
20. to face the music accepter les conséquences

Lesson seven BEHAVIOUR


1. to be out of one’s mind perdre la tête
2. to be as thick as thieves être copain comme cochons
3. to blow one’s own trumpet vanter ses mérites
4. to go one’s own way suivre son propre chemin
5. to be a bull in a china shop être comme un éléphant dans un magasin de
porcelaine
6. to be a snake in the grass être un faux frère
7. to drive someone mad rendre fou quelqu’un
8. to lose one’s temper se mettre en colère
9. to lose one’s head perdre la tête
10. to lose one’s tongue perdre sa langue
11. to keep one’s chin up garder le front haut
12. to play the fool jouer les imbéciles
13. to show one’s teeth montrer les dents
14. to get on someone’s nerves taper sur les nerfs de quelqu’un
15. to hit below the belt donner un coup / frapper sous la ceinture

Lesson eight FEELINGS


1. to be on cloud nine être très heureux
2. to be in high spirits être plein d’entrain
3. to be in seventh heaven être au septième ciel
4. to be at ease être à l’aise
5. to be in a black mood être dans une humeur noire
6. to have something on one’s mind être tracassé par quelque chose
7. to be able to eat a horse avoir une faim de loup
8. to be shaking in one’s shoes trembler dans ses chaussures

150
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

9. to jump out of one’s skin être hors de soi


10. to be like a fish out of water ne pas être dans son élément
11. to be on edge être à crans
12. to be on tenterhooks être sur des charbons ardents
13. to be over the moon être aux anges
14. to see red voir rouge
15. to be full of beans être plein de jus

Lesson nine HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH


1. not to look one’s age ne pas faire son âge
2. to look young for one’s years faire jeune pour son âge
3. to be getting on in years prendre de l’âge
4. to be in the autumn of one’s life être à l’automne de sa vie
5. to be in good health / to be in good shape être en bonne santé / en bonne forme
6. to be in poor health / to be in poor shape être en mauvaise santé / en mauvaise forme
7. to feel under the weather / to look a bit se sentir mal fichu
under the weather
8. to be off colour ne pas se sentir très bien
9. to look run-down avoir l’air fatigué, être à plat
10. to catch a disease attraper mal
11. to be on one’s last legs être sur son déclin
12. to be on one’s deathbed être sur son lit de mort
13. to have one foot in the grave avoir un pied dans la tombe
14. to kick the bucket casser sa pipe
15. to die before one’s time mourir avant l’heure

Lesson ten CRIME


1. to come to a bad end mal finir
2. a capital offence / a capital crime un crime passible de la peine de mort
3. a jail bird un repris de justice
4. to serve time / to do time faire sa peine
5. to be at large être en cavale
6. to be on parole être en liberté surveillée
7. to break prison s’évader de prison
8. to go to law aller au tribunal
9. to have clean hands avoir les mains propres
10. to catch someone red-handed attraper quelqu’un en flagrant délit
11. crime doesn’t pay le crime ne paie pas
12. daylight robbery une arnaque
13. in cold blood de sang froid
14. to set a thief / to catch a thief attraper un voleur
15. to be on the alert être en alerte

Lesson eleven ENTERTAINMENT


1. to have a night out sortir le soir
2. to make a day of something passer la journée à s’amuser
3. to have a good time / to have a great time passer du bon temps
4. to go out on the town sortir en ville
5. to wear one’s sunday best mettre ses habits du dimanche
6. a blind date une rencontre arrangée / une blind date

151
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

7. to throw a party donner une fête


8. to be the life and soul of the party mettre de l’ambiance dans une fête
9. hard drinks des boissons fortes
10. to be high être ivre (alcool), planer (drogues)
11. thin beer bière peu alcoolisée
12. to stand someone a drink payer un verre à quelqu’un
13. to go dutch partager les frais
14. to feel like doing something avoir envie de faire quelque chose
15. to be keen on aimer

Lesson twelve HOLIDAY / TRAVEL


1. a package holiday and lodging are all provided at an inclusive
price un voyage organisé
2. a coach party une excursion en car
3. to sleep in the open dormir à la belle étoile
4. to travel light voyager léger
5. to be on the road être sur la route
6. to hit the road prendre la route
7. to make a trip through the country / to go point faire le tour d’un pays
on a round trip through the country
8. to break the journey faire une étape / s’arrêter
9. to travel through / to travel non-stop voyager sans faire d’étape
10. to cross a border passer une frontière
11. to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike faire de l’auto-stop
12. to get itchy feet avoir la bougeotte
13. to go on a guided tour faire une visite guidée
14. to do a sight-seeing tour visiter
15. to take a shortcut prendre un racourci

Lesson thirteen FAMILY


1. a grass widow une femme passant beaucoup de temps seule,
souvent délaissée par son mari qui travaille loin
2. a henpecked husband un homme dominé par sa femme
3. to wear the trousers porter le pantalon
4. an old maid une vieille fille
5. to lead a woman to the altar mener une femme à l’autel
6. a confirmed bachelor un célibataire endurci
7. to have an affair avoir une aventure
8. flesh and blood la chair et le sang
9. to run the streets (of children) courir les rues
10. to play truant faire l’école buissonière
11. to be the black sheep of the family être le mouton noir de la famille
12. to follow in someone’s footsteps suivre les traces de quelqu’un
13. the generation gap le fossé des générations
14. to be born with a silver spoon in one’s être né avec une cuillère d’argent dans la
mouth bouche
15. blue blood le sang bleu

152
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


Lesson fourteen ANIMALS
1. to kill two birds with one stone faire d’une pierre deux coups
2. to take the bull by the horns prendre le taureau par les cornes
3. to have butterflies in one’s stomach avoir des papillons dans l’estomac
4. to let the cat out of the bag cracher le morceau
5. to go to the dogs mal tourner / Tomber en ruines
6. to let sleeping dogs lie ne pas réveiller l’eau qui dort
7. to have other fish to fry avoir d’autres chats à fouetter
8. to take the lion’s share prendre la part du lion
9. to buy a pig in a poke acheter un chat en poche
10. to smell a rat flairer un piège
11. to cook someone’s goose faire capoter les plans de quelqu’un
12. to have a bee in one’s bonnet être obsédé par quelque chose
13. to rain cats and dogs pleuvoir des cordes
14. to go at a snail’s pace aller à une vitesse d’escargot
15. to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing être un loup déguisé en brebis

Lesson fifteen PARTS OF THE BODY


1. to do something behind someone’s back faire quelque chose derrière le dos de
quelqu’un
2. to make no bones about something ne pas prendre de gants (pour dire quelque
chose)
3. to get something off one’s chest dire ce qu’on a sur le cœur
4. to be all ears être tout ouïe
5. to be an eye-opener ouvrir les yeux à quelqu’un
6. to have an eye for something avoir l’œil pour quelque chose
7. to have something at one’s fingertips bien maîtriser son sujet
8. to make one’s hair stand on end faire dresser les cheveux sur la tête
9. to learn something by heart apprendre quelque chose par cœur
10. to pull someone’s leg faire marcher quelqu’un
11. to have something on the tip of one’s avoir quelque chose sur le bout de la langue
tongue
12. to stick one’s neck out prendre des risques
13. to be getting out of hand echapper à tout contrôle
14. to split hairs couper les cheveux en quatre
15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder en vouloir à tout le monde

Lesson sixteen COLOURS


1. to beat somebody black and blue battre quelqu’un comme plâtre
2. to feel blue avoir le blues
3. to have green fingers avoir la main verte
4. to be green être inexpérimenté
5. to be in the red être dans le rouge
6. to be in the black ne pas être endetté
7. a blackout un blackout, un perte soudaine de conscience
8. out of the blue soudainement
9. a white lie un petit mensonge
10. white coffee café au lait
153
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. to see something through rose-coloured voir tout en rose


12. to paint the town red faire la bringue
13. to see the red light sentir le danger
14. to put out the red carpet (for someone) dérouler le tapis rouge (pour quelqu’un)
15. a red herring quelque chose pour brouiller les pistes

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON


1. as bold as a lion courageux comme un lion
2. as brittle as glass fragile comme du verre
3. as busy as a bee très occupé
4. as changeable as the weather être d’humeur changeante
5. as cool as a cucumber garder son sang-froid
6. as cunning as a fox rusé comme un renard
7. as different as chalk and cheese c’est le jour et la nuit
8. as easy as abc facile comme bonjour
9. as fit as a fiddle se porter comme un charme
10. as firm as a rock dur comme un roc
11. as good as gold bon comme le bon pain
12. as light as a feather léger comme une plume
13. as like as two peas in a pod se ressembler comme deux gouttes d’eau
14. as poor as a church mouse pauvre comme job
15. as quick as lightning rapide comme l’éclair

Lesson eighteen BINOMINALS


1. odds and ends le bric-à-brac
2. give and take des concessions mutuelles
3. part and parcel partie intégrante (de)
4. to go to rack and ruin tomber en ruines
5. to be prim and proper être très guindé
6. to be rough and ready rudimentaire, frustre (une personne)
7. to pick and choose avoir l’embarras du choix
8. leaps and bounds a pas de géant
9. peace and quiet avoir la paix
10. here and there ici et là
11. on and off de temps en temps
12. back and forth le va-et-vient
13. down and out une épave
14. up and down de haut en bas
15. back to front à l’envers

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


1. How come? Comment ça se fait que ?
2. How’s that? Pourquoi ça ?
3. So what? Et alors ?
4. What’s up? Quoi de neuf ?
5. What of it? Et alors ?
6. What if…? Et si... ?
7. Come on! Allez ! / Vas-y !
8. No way! / In no way! Pas question !
9. It’s (That’s) too bad! Dommage !

154
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

10. Time’s up. C’est fini.


11. Time flies. Le temps passe.
12. Take it easy. Du calme.
13. So long! Salut !
14. Go ahead! Vas-y !
15. Never mind! Ne t’en fais pas !
16. Cheers! Santé !
17. And so on / forth. Et caetera...
18. It’s no good. Pas la peine.
19. Good heavens! Mon dieu !
20. Bless you! À tes souhaits !

Lesson twenty PROVERBS


Actions speak louder than words. Les actes en disent plus long que les mots.
All’s well that ends well. Tout est bien qui finit bien.
All that glitters is not gold. Tout ce qui brille n’est pas d’or.
A bad workman always blames his tools. À mauvais ouvrier point de bons outils.
Barking dogs seldom bite. Chien qui aboie ne mord pas.
Better late than never. Mieux vaut tard que jamais.
A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Un bon tiens vaut mieux que deux tu l’auras.
Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Il ne faut pas vendre la peau de l’ours avant de
l’avoir tué.
Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Il ne faut pas mettre tous ses œufs dans le même
panier.
Don’t put the cart before the horse. Il ne faut pas mettre la charrue avant les bœufs.
The early bird catches the worm. L’avenir appartient à ceux qui se lèvent tôt.
Honesty is the best policy. L’honnêteté est toujours récompensée.
It’s no use crying over spilt milk. Ce qui est fait est fait.
It never rains but it pours. Un malheur n'arrive jamais seul.
Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the Il faut battre le fer tant qu’il est chaud.
iron is hot.
Necessity is the mother of invention. Nécessité est mère d’industrie.
No gain without pain. Il faut casser le noyau pour avoir l’amande.
No news is good news. Pas de nouvelles, bonnes nouvelles.
Practice makes perfect. C’est en forgeant qu’on devient forgeron.
The road to hell is paved with good intentions. L’enfer est pavé de bonnes intentions.
Rome was not built in a day. Rome ne s’est pas faire en un jour.
Too many cooks spoil the broth. Trop de cuisinières gâtent la sauce.
You can’t have your cake and eat it On ne peut pas avoir le beurre et l’argent du
beurre.

155
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

German / Wörterbuch

PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS


Lesson one BUSINESS AND MONEY
1. a business runs at a profit / a business runs das Geschäft bringt Gewinne/Verluste
at a loss
2. finances are in good shape / finances are in die finanzielle Lage ist gut/schlecht
bad shape
3. a falling market (wirtschaftlich) heruntergekommener Markt
4. to put money into business in ein Geschäft Geld investieren
5. to close a deal / to close a bargain ein Geschäft zu Ende bringen
6. sharp practices nicht ganz redliche (jedoch legale) Praktiken
7. a sleeping partner stiller Gesellschafter
8. a take over Übernahme (z.B. Firmenübernahme)
9. to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt bankrott werden/sein, bankrottgehen
10. to make money Geld verdienen
11. to be in the money (plötzlich) an Geld kommen, gut bei Kasse sein
12. to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner einen Wochenlohn/Monatslohn (Gehalt) haben
13. to make a living seinen Lebensunterhalt verdienen
14. to be well-off wohlhabend sein
15. to tighten one’s belt den Gürtel enger schnallen

Lesson two WORK


1. to get down to business zur Sache kommen, an die Arbeit gehen
2. to roll one’s sleeves up die Ärmel hochkrempeln
3. to be on business im Geschäft sein
4. to work in the field im Außendienst tätig sein
5. a white-collar worker / a blue-collar Angestellter/Arbeiter
worker
6. to be on duty / to be off duty Dienst haben/Feierabend haben
7. to do overtime / to work overtime Überstunden machen
8. to be on piece work im Akkord arbeiten (Stückarbeit)
9. to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be in Schichten arbeiten, im Schichtsystem
on nights) arbeiten
10. to be on call zur Verfügung stehen
11. to fire somebody jmdn. entlassen, jmdm. kündigen
12. to give somebody the sack / to get the sack jmdm. kündigen / gekündigt werden
13. to go on the dole Arbeitslosengeld bekommen
14. to go on strike beginnen zu streiken
15. a blackleg Streikbrecher

Lesson three TIME


1. to be on time pünktlich sein
2. to be behind time zu spät kommen
3. to take one’s time sich nicht beeilen
4. to do sth at the last minute etw. auf die letzte Minute machen
5. to do sth on the spur of the moment spontan handeln, kurz entschlossen etw. tun
6. to be up-to-date / out-of-date aktuell sein / nicht aktuell sein
156
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

7. it’s high time Es ist höchste Zeit, dass …


8. to have a minute einen Moment Zeit haben (für jmdn.)
9. at any moment Jederzeit / jeden Augenblick
10. every now and then hin und wieder
11. once in a blue moon sehr selten
12. once in a while gelegentlich
13. a night-bird ein Nachtvogel sein
14. an early bird Frühaufsteher
15. to kill time sich die Zeit vertreiben, die Zeit totschlagen

Lesson four CONVERSATION


1. to talk at cross purposes aneinander vorbeireden
2. to get hold of the wrong end of the stick etw. völlig verkehrt auffassen, missverstehen
3. to get a word in edgeways zu Wort kommen, sich einmischen
4. to talk behind somebody’s back hinter jmds. Rücken tuscheln
5. to give somebody a talking-to jmdn. zurechweisen, zur Rede stellen, tadeln
6. to put it in a nutshell etwas kurz und bündig sagen
7. to be long-winded weitschweifig, langatmig, ausführlich
8. to speak one’s mind offen sagen, ehrlich sein
9. to talk rubbish Quatsch/Unsinn reden
10. to talk sense vernünftig/sachlich reden
11. to take the hint etwas sofort begreifen, Anspielungen verstehen
12. to take something into account etw. beachten, berücksichtigen
13. to cut a long story short kurz gesagt
14. to beat about the bush um den heißen Brei herumreden
15. to have a word with somebody mit jmdm. kurz sprechen/ reden/ ein paar Worte
wechseln

Lesson five DISCUSSION


1. an open question offene Frage
2. a storm in a teacup viel Lärm um nichts, viel Aufregung wegen einer
Kleinigkeit
3. to cross swords an einem Wortgefecht teilnehmen, mit jmdm.
eine Auseinandersetzung haben, sich streiten
4. to drop the subject das Thema lassen, nicht mehr über etw.
sprechen
5. to change one’s mind die Meinung ändern, jmdn. umstimmen
6. to bear something in mind beachten, etw. vor Augen haben,
berücksichtigen
7. to make up one’s mind sich entscheiden
8. to take something for granted etw. für selbstverständlich/sicher halten
9. to come to the point / to get to the point / to zur Sache kommen, auf den Punkt kommen
reach the point
10. to fail to see the point / to miss the point nicht verstehen, worauf es ankommt
11. to get the point / to see the point (es) verstehen
12. to make one’s point den eigenen Standpunkt klar machen, die eigene
Sichtweise schildern
13. to hold one’s tongue nichts sagen, nicht das Wort ergreifen
14. to have the last word das letzte Wort haben
15. in a way / in some ways in gewisser Hinsicht, bis zu einem gewissen
Maße

157
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

16. all in all resümierend, alles in allem


17. for one thing erstens
18. to be out of place unangebracht sein, fehl am Platz sein
19. to be out of the question keinesfalls, kommt nicht in Frage
20. to wrap up the discussion die Diskussion beenden

Lesson six PROBLEMS


1. to stir things up für Aufruhr sorgen
2. to pour oil on troubled waters die Gemüter beruhigen
3. to lay one’s cards on the table seine Karten auf den Tisch legen
4. to get to the bottom of things den Dingen auf den Grund gehen
5. to get a grasp etw. in den Griff bekommen (geistig), verstehen
6. to see a light at the end of the tunnel Licht am Ende des Tunnels sehen (in schlechten
Zeiten optimistisch in die Zukunft blicken)
7. to sweep under the carpet etw. unter den Teppich kehren,etw.
verschweigen, vertuschen
8. to be in a fix in der Klemme sein
9. to be at a crossroads am Scheideweg stehen
10. to find a happy medium die goldene Mitte finden
11. to skate on thin ice sich auf dünnem Eis bewegen
12. to put oneself in someone else’s shoes sich in jmdn. hineinversetzen
13. to take something to heart sich etw. zu Herzen nehmen
14. to keep a straight face Ernst bleiben, keine Miene verziehen
15. to burn one’s fingers sich die Finger verbrennen (sich selbst
schaden)
16. to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges die Brücken hinter sich abbrechen (jeden
Kontakt abbrechen)
17. to get into hot water / to get into a mess in Schwierigkeiten geraten
18. to mind your own business sich um seine eigenen Angelegenkeiten
kümmern
19. to see daylight jmdm. geht ein Licht auf
20. to face the music die Konsequenzen ziehen/tragen

Lesson seven BEHAVIOUR


1. to be out of one’s mind den Verstand verlieren
2. to be as thick as thieves zusammenhalten, unzertrennlich sein, mit jmdm.
eng befreundet sein
3. to blow one’s own trumpet sich selbst loben
4. to go one’s own way seinen eigenen Weg gehen
5. to be a bull in a china shop wie ein Elefant im Porzellanladen
6. to be a snake in the grass falsche Schlange, verborgene Gefahr
7. to drive someone mad jmdn. verrückt machen
8. to lose one’s temper außer sich geraten, die Beherrschung verlieren
9. to lose one’s head den Kopf verlieren, jmdm. zu Kopfe steigen
10. to lose one’s tongue die Sprache verlieren, sprachlos sein
11. to keep one’s chin up Kopf hoch, die Ohren steif halten
12. to play the fool den Narren spielen, verrückt spielen, Quatsch
machen
13. to show one’s teeth die Zähne blecken, wütend sein
14. to get on someone’s nerves jmdm. auf die Nerven gehen
15. to hit below the belt jmdn. unter die Gürtellinie schlagen

158
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson eight FEELINGS


1. to be on cloud nine sehr glücklich sein, im siebten Himmel sein
2. to be in high spirits in guter Stimmung sein, aufgeregt sein
3. to be in seventh heaven im siebten Himmel sein
4. to be at ease locker, entspannt sein
5. to be in a black mood deprimiert sein, in mieser Laune sein, gereizt
sein
6. to have something on one’s mind etw. auf dem Herzen haben, ein Anliegen haben,
etw. beschäftigt jmdn.
7. to be able to eat a horse sehr hungrig sein, viel und schnell essen,
Unmengen essen
8. to be shaking in one’s shoes entsetzt sein, erschrocken sein
9. to jump out of one’s skin aus der Haut fahren,die Beherrschung verlieren,
10. to be like a fish out of water sich wie ein Fisch auf dem Trockenen führen,
sich hilflos/unsicher fühlen
11. to be on edge genervt/ aufgeregt/ angespannt sein
12. to be on tenterhooks (wie) auf glühenden Kohlen sitzen, gespannt,
ungeduldig auf etw. Wichtiges warten
13. to be over the moon von etw. hin und weg sein, überglücklich sein,
zufrieden sein
14. to see red sehr wütend, zornig werden
15. to be full of beans voller Tatendrang, putzmunter sein (ugs.)

Lesson nine HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH


1. not to look one’s age jünger aussehen
2. to look young for one’s years jünger aussehen
3. to be getting on in years älter werden
4. to be in the autumn of one’s life im Herbst seines Lebens sein
5. to be in good health / to be in good shape bei guter Gesundheit sein, gut in Form/fit sein
6. to be in poor health / to be in poor shape bei schlechter Gesundheit sein, schlecht in Form
sein
7. to feel under the weather / to look a bit nicht auf dem Damm sein, krank sein
under the weather
8. to be off colour sich unwohl fühlen, kränklich
9. to look run-down sich erschöpft fühlen/erschöpft aussehen
10. to catch a disease sich eine Krankheit holen
11. to be on one’s last legs erschöpft sein
12. to be on one’s deathbed auf dem Sterbebett
13. to have one foot in the grave mit einem Fuß im Grabe stehen
14. to kick the bucket verrecken
15. to die before one’s time jung sterben

Lesson ten CRIME


1. to come to a bad end zu einem schlimmen Ende führen, schlimm
enden
2. a capital offence / a capital crime Kapitalverbrechen
3. a jail bird (Gewohnheits)Verbrecher, Rückfalltäter
4. to serve time / to do time eine Strafe (z.B.im Gefängnis) verbüßen/absitzen
5. to be at large auf freiem Fuß sein
6. to be on parole auf Bewährung draußen sein

159
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

7. to break prison aus dem Gefängnis ausbrechen


8. to go to law vor Gericht gehen, den Rechtsweg beschreiten
9. to have clean hands unschuldig sein,eine saubere Weste haben
10. to catch someone red-handed jmdn. auf frischer Tat ertappen
11. crime doesn’t pay Verbrechen macht sich nicht bezahlt
12. daylight robbery Ausbeutung, Wucher
13. in cold blood mit voller Überlegung, kaltblütig
14. to set a thief / to catch a thief einen Dieb fangen
15. to be on the alert auf der Hut sein, wachsam sein

Lesson eleven ENTERTAINMENT


1. to have a night out am Abend ausgehen (den Abend außer Haus
verbringen)
2. to make a day of something sich den ganzen Tag gut amüsieren
3. to have a good time / to have a great time sich blendend amüsieren
4. to go out on the town sich in der Stadt amüsieren
5. to wear one’s sunday best die Sonntagssachen/den besten Sonntagsanzug
anziehen/tragen
6. a blind date Verabredung mit einem Unbekannten
7. to throw a party eine Party geben
8. to be the life and soul of the party eine Stimmungskanone sein
9. hard drinks hochprozentige Getränke
10. to be high im Rausch sein, betrunken sein, unter
Drogeneinfluss stehen,
11. thin beer Leichtbier
12. to stand someone a drink jmdm. einen Drink spendieren/ausgeben
13. to go dutch für sich selbst zahlen
14. to feel like doing something Lust auf etw. haben
15. to be keen on von etw. angetan sein, mögen

Lesson twelve HOLIDAY / TRAVEL


1. a package holiday Pauschalreise
2. a coach party Reisegruppe
3. to sleep in the open im Freien schlafen
4. to travel light mit wenig Gepäck reisen
5. to be on the road auf Reisen sein, unterwegs sein
6. to hit the road losfahren, aufbrechen
7. to make a trip through the country / to go Rundfahrt, Rundreise
on a round trip through the country
8. to break the journey die Reise unterbrechen, Fahrtunterbrechung,
Pause machen
9. to travel through / to travel non-stop durchfahren, durchreisen,ohne Pause reisen
10. to cross a border die Grenze überschreiten
11. to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike trampen, per Anhalter fahren
12. to get itchy feet nicht ruhig an einer Stelle sitzen können, reisen
wollen
13. to go on a guided tour eine Führung mitmachen
14. to do a sight-seeing tour besichtigen, sich die Sehenswürdigkeiten
anschauen
15. to take a shortcut eine Abkürzung nehmen

160
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson thirteen FAMILY


1. a grass widow Strohwitwe
2. a henpecked husband Pantoffelheld
3. to wear the trousers die Hosen anhaben, mächtig sein, etw. zu sagen
haben
4. an old maid alte Jungfer
5. to lead a woman to the altar eine Frau zum Altar führen
6. a confirmed bachelor eingefleischter Junggeselle
7. to have an affair fremdgehen
8. flesh and blood Fleisch und Blut, eigene Familie
9. to run the streets (of children) auf den Straßen herumlungern, sich
herumtreiben
10. to play truant Schule schwänzen
11. to be the black sheep of the family das schwarze Schaf in der Familie sein, der
Sündenbock/Prügelknabe sein
12. to follow in someone’s footsteps in jmds. Fußstapfen treten
13. the generation gap Generationskonflikt
14. to be born with a silver spoon in one’s mit dem Silberlöffel im Mund geboren sein, mit
mouth einer Glückhaube geboren sein
15. blue blood blaues Blut, von hoher/adliger Abstammung

PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


Lesson fourteen ANIMALS
1. to kill two birds with one stone zwei Fliegen mit einer Klappe schlagen
2. to take the bull by the horns den Stier bei den Hörnern packen
3. to have butterflies in one’s stomach Schmetterlinge im Bauch haben, glücklich/
aufgeregt sein, verliebt sein
4. to let the cat out of the bag die Katze aus dem Sack lassen, ein Geheimnis
verraten
5. to go to the dogs mit etwas bergab gehen, vor die Hunde gehen
6. to let sleeping dogs lie Schlafende Hunde soll man nicht wecken, nicht
unnötig Aufsehen erregen
7. to have other fish to fry etwas Wichtigeres zu tun haben
8. to take the lion’s share sich den Löwenanteil sichern
9. to buy a pig in a poke die Katze im Sack kaufen
10. to smell a rat eine Ratte riechen, Verdacht schöpfen
11. to cook someone’s goose jmdn. die Suppe versalzen, jmdn. in die Pfanne
hauen
12. to have a bee in one’s bonnet einen Floh ins Ohr setzen, eine fixe Idee haben
13. to rain cats and dogs es regnet in Strömen
14. to go at a snail’s pace im Schneckentempo gehen
15. to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing ein Wolf im Schafspelz sein

Lesson fifteen PARTS OF THE BODY


1. to do something behind someone’s back hinter jmds. Rücken etw. machen
2. to make no bones about something kein Blatt vor den Mund nehmen, keinen Hehl
aus etw. machen
3. to get something off one’s chest sich etwas von der Seele reden

161
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

4. to be all ears ganz Ohr sein


5. to be an eye-opener eine Überraschung sein, Augenöffner
6. to have an eye for something ein (sicheres/geübtes) Auge für etwas haben
7. to have something at one’s fingertips etw. genau kennen/wissen,
8. to make one’s hair stand on end verursachen, dass jmd. Gänsehaut bekommt
9. to learn something by heart auswendig lernen
10. to pull someone’s leg jmdn. auf den Arm nehmen, veralbern
11. to have something on the tip of one’s jmdm. liegt etw. auf der Zunge
tongue
12. to stick one’s neck out den Kopf risikieren
13. to be getting out of hand außer Kontrolle geraten
14. to split hairs Haarspalterei betreiben, über banale Sachen
streiten
15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder überempfindlich sein, die gekränkte/beleidigte
Leberwurst spielen

Lesson sixteen COLOURS


1. to beat somebody black and blue jmdn. windelweich prügeln
2. to feel blue deprimiert sein
3. to have green fingers einen grünen Daumen haben, eine Vorliebe für
Pflanzen haben
4. to be green gutgläubig/unerfahren sein
5. to be in the red rote Zahlen schreiben, verschuldet sein,
Schulden haben
6. to be in the black schwarze Zahlen schreiben, mit Gewinn arbeiten
7. a blackout Bewusstseinsverlust, Ohnmacht
8. out of the blue aus dem Nichts heraus/aus heiterem Himmel
9. a white lie harmlose Lüge/Notlüge
10. white coffee Milchkaffee
11. to see something through rose-coloured etwas durch die rosarote Brille betrachten
/sehen
12. to paint the town red die Puppen tanzen lassen, die Stadt unsicher
machen, einen draufmachen
13. to see the red light die Gefahr erkennen
14. to put out the red carpet (for someone) den roten Teppich ausrollen, jmdn. mit den
höchsten Ehren empfangen
15. a red herring eine Bemerkung, um das Gespräch in eine
andere Richtung zu lenken (vom Thema
abkommen/abgehen/ablenken)

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON


1. as bold as a lion mutig wie ein Löwe
2. as brittle as glass zerbrechlich wie Glas
3. as busy as a bee emsig wie eine Biene
4. as changeable as the weather wechselhaft wie das Wetter
5. as cool as a cucumber die Ruhe selbst
6. as cunning as a fox schlau wie ein Fuchs
7. as different as chalk and cheese verschieden wie Tag uund Nacht
8. as easy as abc kinderleicht
9. as fit as a fiddle kerngesund und topfit
10. as firm as a rock wie ein Fels in der Brandung (unerbittlich,
entschieden)
162
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. as good as gold Schatz (Mensch), sehr gut, brav


12. as light as a feather federleicht
13. as like as two peas in a pod sich gleichen wie ein Ei dem anderen
14. as poor as a church mouse arm wie eine Kirchenmaus
15. as quick as lightning blitzschnell

Lesson eighteen BINOMINALS


1. odds and ends Kleinigkeiten/Kram, Siebensachen
2. give and take nehmen und geben
3. part and parcel fester Bestandteil von etw. sein
4. to go to rack and ruin verkommen, vor die Hunde gehen
5. to be prim and proper sehr offiziell sein, etepetete sein, kleinbürgerlich
sein
6. to be rough and ready einfach, schlicht
7. to pick and choose sich die Rosinen herauspicken, wählerisch sein
8. leaps and bounds rasant, sprunghaft
9. peace and quiet Ruhe und Frieden
10. here and there da und dort, hier und da
11. on and off ab und zu, hin und wieder
12. back and forth auf und ab, hin und zurück
13. down and out Penner, heruntergekommen
14. up and down rauf und runter, auf und ab
15. back to front verkehrt herum

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


1. How come? Wieso? Wie ist das passiert?
2. How’s that? Weshalb? Aus Welchem Grund?
3. So what? Na und?
4. What’s up? Was ist los?/ Was gibt es?
5. What of it? Na und?
6. What if…? Und was, wenn…?
7. Come on! Ach komm! / Mach schon!
8. No way! / In no way! Keineswegs!
9. It’s (That’s) too bad! Schade!
10. Time’s up. Die Zeit ist um!
11. Time flies. Die Zeit vergeht (im Fluge)!
12. Take it easy. Immer mit der Ruhe!
13. So long! Bis bald! Bis dann!
14. Go ahead! Beginne! Mach schon! Geh voran!
15. Never mind! Was soll's!
16. Cheers! Zum Wohl!
17. And so on / forth. Und so weiter und so fort
18. It’s no good. Es hat keinen Sinn!
19. Good heavens! Du lieber Gott!
20. Bless you! Gesundheit.

Lesson twenty PROVERBS


Actions speak louder than words. Taten sagen mehr als Worte.
All’s well that ends well. Ende Gut, alles Gut.
All that glitters is not gold. Es ist nicht alles Gold, was glänzt.

163
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

A bad workman always blames his tools. Wenn der Reiter nichts taugt, hat das Pferd
schuld.
Barking dogs seldom bite. Bellende Hunde beißen nicht.
Better late than never. Besser spät als nie!
A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Besser den Spatz in der Hand als die Taube
auf dem Dach.
Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Man soll den Tag nicht vor dem Abend loben.
Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Setze nicht alles auf eine Karte.
Don’t put the cart before the horse. Man soll das Pferd nicht beim Schwanz
aufzäumen.
The early bird catches the worm. Morgenstunde hat Gold im Munde.
Honesty is the best policy. Ehrlich währt am längsten.
It’s no use crying over spilt milk. Was geschehen ist, ist geschehen.
It never rains but it pours. Ein Unglück kommt selten allein.
Make hay while the sun shines / strike while Man soll das Eisen schmieden, solange es heiß
the iron is hot. ist.
Necessity is the mother of invention. Not macht erfinderisch!
No gain without pain. Ohne Fleiß kein Preis!
No news is good news. Keine Nachricht ist eine gute Nachricht!
Practice makes perfect. Übung macht den Meister.
The road to hell is paved with good Der Weg zur Hölle ist mit guten Vorsätzen
intentions. gepflastert.
Rome was not built in a day. Gut Ding braucht Weile.
Too many cooks spoil the broth. Zu viele Köche verderben den Brei.
You can’t have your cake and eat it Man kann nicht alles haben, man kann nicht auf
zwei Hochzeiten gleichzeitig tanzen.

164
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Japanese / 表現集

PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS


Lesson one BUSINESS AND MONEY
1. a business runs at a profit / a business runs 黒字経営/赤字経営をする
at a loss
2. finances are in good shape / finances are in (経営は)黒字/赤字である
bad shape
3. a falling market 下向きの相場
4. to put money into business 投資する
5. to close a deal / to close a bargain (契約などを)取り決める
6. sharp practices (不法すれすれの)ずるい取引(行為)
7. a sleeping partner 匿名社員
8. a take over 企業取得、買収
9. to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt 倒産、破綻する
10. to make money 儲ける
11. to be in the money 金が有り余っている
12. to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner 賃金労働者、給料生活者
13. to make a living (~として)働く、稼ぐ
14. to be well-off 富裕、金持ちである
15. to tighten one’s belt 耐乏生活をする

Lesson two WORK


1. to get down to business (本腰を入れて)仕事に取りかかる
2. to roll one’s sleeves up 腕をまくる
3. to be on business 仕事で(旅行する)、出張する
4. to work in the field 野良仕事をする
5. a white-collar worker / a blue-collar 俸給生活者、サラリーマン/肉体労働者
worker
6. to be on duty / to be off duty 当直で、当番の(で)、勤務時間中で/非直で、
非番の(で)、勤務時間外で
7. to do overtime / to work overtime 残業をする
8. to be on piece work でき高払いの仕事をする
9. to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be ~交代で働く
on nights)
10. to be on call いつでも待機する、いつでも働ける
11. to fire somebody 首にする
12. to give somebody the sack / to get the sack 首にする/首になる
13. to go on the dole 失業手当を受けている
14. to go on strike ストに入る
15. a blackleg スト破り

165
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson three TIME


1. to be on time 時間どおりに、定刻に
2. to be behind time 予定(定刻)に遅れて
3. to take one’s time ゆっくり(急がずに)やる
4. to do sth at the last minute いよいよという時に、ぎりぎりに
5. to do sth on the spur of the moment 時のはずみで、出来心で、とっさに
6. to be up-to-date / out-of-date 最新(式)の、現代的な/時代遅れの、旧式の
7. it’s high time する時間だ
8. to have a minute 少し時間がある
9. at any moment いつ何時、今にも
10. every now and then 時々
11. once in a blue moon ごくまれに、めったに…ない
12. once in a while たまに
13. a night-bird 夜型の人
14. an early bird 早起きの人
15. to kill time 時間を潰す

Lesson four CONVERSATION


1. to talk at cross purposes 話がかみ合わない、お互い理解を得られず
2. to get hold of the wrong end of the 取り違える、すっかり誤解する
stick
3. to get a word in edgeways 口を挟む
4. to talk behind somebody’s back 他人の陰口をきく
5. to give somebody a talking-to 油を絞る
6. to put it in a nutshell きわめて簡潔に(要約して)言えば、要するに
7. to be long-winded 長たらしい
8. to speak one’s mind 思うことをはっきり言う
9. to talk rubbish つまらないことを言う
10. to talk sense 物のわかった話し方をする、もっともなことを言う
11. to take the hint (ほのめかされて)それと感づく、気をきかす
12. to take something into account 勘定に入れる
13. to cut a long story short 手短に言えば
14. to beat about the bush 遠回しに探る、要点に触れない
15. to have a word with somebody ちょっと(ひと言)お話する

Lesson five DISCUSSION


1. an open question 未解決の問題
2. a storm in a teacup から騒ぎ
3. to cross swords …と剣を交える、…と論争する
4. to drop the subject 話をやめにする
5. to change one’s mind 気を変える
6. to bear something in mind 心に留めておく
7. to make up one’s mind 心を決める
8. to take something for granted 当然のことと思う
9. to come to the point / to get to the (前置きなしで)要点を言う
point / to reach the point
10. to fail to see the point / to miss the 要点が理解できない
point
11. to get the point / to see the point 要点が理解できる

166
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

12. to make one’s point 主張の正しいことを示す、要点をわかってもらう


13. to hold one’s tongue 黙っている
14. to have the last word 決定的な発言権がある
15. in a way / in some ways ある意味で
16. all in all 全部で、大体において
17. for one thing まず…、一つには
18. to be out of place い(である)
19. to be out of the question 問題外、無理である
20. to wrap up the discussion (議論)を終える

Lesson six PROBLEMS


1. to stir things up 揺さぶりをかける
2. to pour oil on troubled waters 風波を静める
3. to lay one’s cards on the table 手の内を見せる
4. to get to the bottom of things 真相を窮める、根底を尋ねる
5. to get a grasp …をしっかり握る
6. to see a light at the end of the tunnel (苦難の後)行く手に光が見えてくる、見通しが出て
くる
7. to sweep under the carpet ( 不都合なもの・こと)を隠す、秘密にする
8. to be in a fix ピンチに立つ
9. to be at a crossroads 岐路に立つ
10. to find a happy medium 中庸を得る
11. to skate on thin ice (薄氷を踏むように)危険な状態にある、危ない橋を
渡る
12. to put oneself in someone else’s 人の立場に立って(身になって)考える
shoes
13. to take something to heart 心に留める
14. to keep a straight face にこりともしない、まじめくさった顔でいる
15. to burn one’s fingers やけどする
16. to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s 背水の陣を敷く
bridges
17. to get into hot water / to get into a 苦境(窮地)にある(陥る
mess
18. to mind your own business 大きなお世話だ
19. to see daylight (難しい事柄などの)解決(終決)の曙光を認める、
やまが見える
20. to face the music (自分の行為の結果に対して)進んで責任を取る、
いさぎよく(世間の)批判を受ける

Lesson seven BEHAVIOUR


1. to be out of one’s mind 発狂して、気が狂って
2. to be as thick as thieves とても親密で
3. to blow one’s own trumpet 自画自賛する
4. to go one’s own way (自分の)道を進む
5. to be a bull in a china shop はた迷惑な乱暴者
6. to be a snake in the grass 信用できない人
7. to drive someone mad 人を立腹させる
8. to lose one’s temper 短気を起こす
9. to lose one’s head 夢中になる
10. to lose one’s tongue (びっくりした後などで)ものが言えなくなる

167
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. to keep one’s chin up 気落ちしない、元気を出す


12. to play the fool をやる、ばかなことをする
13. to show one’s teeth 歯をむき出す、威嚇する
14. to get on someone’s nerves 人の神経にさわる、人をいらいらさせる
15. to hit below the belt 卑怯なふるまいをする

Lesson eight FEELINGS


1. to be on cloud nine 至福の状態である
2. to be in high spirits とても元気である
3. to be in seventh heaven 無上の幸福のうちに、有頂天になって
4. to be at ease 安心する、気持ちが楽になる
5. to be in a black mood 不機嫌である
6. to have something on one’s mind 心(気)にかかって、心を悩まして
7. to be able to eat a horse 食欲がある、腹ぺこである
8. to be shaking in one’s shoes ぶるぶる震える、びくびくする
9. to jump out of one’s skin びっくりして跳び上がる
10. to be like a fish out of water 陸に上がった魚のように、勝手が違って
11. to be on edge いらいらする
12. to be on tenterhooks (不安で)はらはらする
13. to be over the moon 非常に幸せで、大喜びして
14. to see red 激怒する、かっとなる
15. to be full of beans 元気いっぱいで

Lesson nine HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH


1. not to look one’s age 年齢ほどには見えない
2. to look young for one’s years その歳にしては若く見える
3. to be getting on in years 歳をとる
4. to be in the autumn of one’s life 初老期に
5. to be in good health / to be in good である
shape
6. to be in poor health / to be in poor 健康でない
shape
7. to feel under the weather / to look a の具合が悪くて、 気分が悪くて
bit under the weather
8. to be off colour 顔色が悪い、気分がすぐれない
9. to look run-down 疲労する
10. to catch a disease 病気にかかる
11. to be on one’s last legs 弱り(困り、疲れ)果てて
12. to be on one’s deathbed 末期に臨んで
13. to have one foot in the grave 棺おけに片足を突っ込んでいる、死にかけている
14. to kick the bucket 死ぬ、往生する、くたばる
15. to die before one’s time 早死にする

Lesson ten CRIME


1. to come to a bad end 不幸(不名誉)なことになる、みじめな死に方をする
2. a capital offence / a capital crime 死刑に値する犯罪
3. a jail bird 再犯者、 常習犯
4. to serve time / to do time 刑期を務める、服役する

168
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

5. to be at large (犯人・動物など)捕らわれないで、逃走中で、自由で
6. to be on parole 仮釈放(中)で
7. to break prison 脱獄する
8. to go to law …を起訴(告訴)する
9. to have clean hands 潔白である
10. to catch someone red-handed 人の悪事の現場を見つける、人を現行犯で捕らえる
11. crime doesn’t pay 犯罪は割に合わない
12. daylight robbery 法外な金を請求すること
13. in cold blood 冷酷に、平気で
14. to set a thief / to catch a thief 泥棒を取り押さえる
15. to be on the alert 油断なく警戒(待機)して、警戒態勢で

Lesson eleven ENTERTAINMENT


1. to have a night out 一夜を外で遊び明かす
2. to make a day of something 日楽しませる
3. to have a good time / to have a great 愉快に過ごす
time
4. to go out on the town (特に夜に)浮かれ楽しんで、歓楽にふけって
5. to wear one’s sunday best 晴れ着を着て
6. a blind date ブラインドデート
7. to throw a party パーティーを催す
8. to be the life and soul of the party 一座の中心人物(人気者)
9. hard drinks アルコール
10. to be high 酔っ払っている、ハイである
11. thin beer 弱いビール
12. to stand someone a drink ドリンクをおごる
13. to go dutch 割り勘にする
14. to feel like doing something ~したい気持ちになっている
15. to be keen on ~が好き・得意、(仕事に)熱心

Lesson twelve HOLIDAY / TRAVEL


1. a package holiday パッケージツアー、パックツアー
2. a coach party ガイド付きの(観光)旅行
3. to sleep in the open 野宿する
4. to travel light (荷物など持たずに)身軽に旅行する
5. to be on the road 道路上で、(劇団などが)巡業中で
6. to hit the road 出発する、立ち去る
7. to make a trip through the country / 全国を歩き回る
to go on a round trip through the
country
8. to break the journey 途中下車する
9. to travel through / to travel non-stop 泊まらずにずっと走る(旅行する)
10. to cross a border 国境を越える
11. to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike ヒッチハイクする
12. to get itchy feet どこかへ出かけたくてたまらない気持ち
13. to go on a guided tour ガイド付きの(観光)旅行
14. to do a sight-seeing tour 観光する
15. to take a shortcut 近道をする

169
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson thirteen FAMILY


1. a grass widow 夫が長い間不在の妻
2. a henpecked husband 妻の尻に敷かれた、かかあ天下の夫
3. to wear the trousers 亭主を尻に敷く
4. an old maid オールドミス、老嬢
5. to lead a woman to the altar (女性と)結婚する
6. a confirmed bachelor どうしても結婚しない男
7. to have an affair 関係(浮気)する
8. flesh and blood 自分の肉親、身内
9. to run the streets (of children) (子どもが)車道で遊ぶ
10. to play truant 学校をずる休みする、サボる
11. to be the black sheep of the family (一家の)やっかい者、つらよごし
12. to follow in someone’s footsteps 人(の例)にならう、人の志を継ぐ
13. the generation gap 世代間の断絶、ジェネレーションギャップ
14. to be born with a silver spoon in 裕福な家に生まれる
one’s mouth
15. blue blood 貴族の血統

PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


Lesson fourteen ANIMALS
1. to kill two birds with one stone 一石二鳥
2. to take the bull by the horns 勇敢に(進んで)難局に当たる
3. to have butterflies in one’s stomach (心配で)胸がどきどきする、上がる
4. to let the cat out of the bag (うっかり)秘密を漏らしてしまう
5. to go to the dogs 落ちぶれる、破滅する、堕落する
6. to let sleeping dogs lie 面倒になりそうなことはそっとしておく、
寝た子は起こさない、やぶへびにならぬようにする
7. to have other fish to fry ほかにしなければならない大切な仕事がある
8. to take the lion’s share いちばん大きな分け前を取る、甘い汁を吸う
9. to buy a pig in a poke 品物を現物を見ずに買う、衝動買いをする
10. to smell a rat うさんくさく思う、変だと感づく
11. to cook someone’s goose 人の機会(計画、希望、評判)を台なしにする
12. to have a bee in one’s bonnet 奇妙な考え(固定観念)にとりつかれている
13. to rain cats and dogs (雨が)どしゃ降りに降る
14. to go at a snail’s pace のろのろと、ゆっくりと走る
15. to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing 羊の皮を着た狼

Lesson fifteen PARTS OF THE BODY


1. to do something behind someone’s 人の背後で、ひそかに、陰で(何かをする)
back
2. to make no bones about something …を率直に認める、隠し立てをしない
3. to get something off one’s chest (気になっていたことを)打ち明けてさっぱりする
4. to be all ears 一心に耳を傾ける
5. to be an eye-opener 悟りを開かせる
6. to have an eye for something (何か)を見(分け)るよい目がある
7. to have something at one’s fingertips …に精通している、…を何でも知っている
8. to make one’s hair stand on end ( 恐恐がなななな) 髪を逆逆てが

170
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

9. to learn something by heart 暗記する


10. to pull someone’s leg (誰かを)馬鹿にする、人をからかう
11. to have something on the tip of one’s (のどまで出かかっているのに)思い出せなくて
tongue
12. to stick one’s neck out 自ら危険な目にあう
13. to be getting out of hand 事事は) 収収ががががが がが がががが
14. to split hairs (特に議論などで)無用の(極端に)
細かい区別立てをする
15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder (不満などのために)けんか腰である、怒りっぽい

Lesson sixteen COLOURS


1. to beat somebody black and blue たたかれてあざだらけになる
2. to feel blue 憂うつな気持ちになる
3. to have green fingers 園芸の才がある
4. to be green だまされやすい、軽信する
5. to be in the red (商売など)赤字である、借金している
6. to be in the black 黒字である
7. a blackout 失神
8. out of the blue 突然(現われる)
9. a white lie 罪のないうそ
10. white coffee ミルク入りコーヒー
11. to see something through rose- …をばら色の眼鏡で見る
coloured
12. to paint the town red 底抜けに大騒ぎをする、盛り場を回る、飲み歩く
13. to see the red light 危険に気づく
14. to put out the red carpet (for (人)を丁重に迎える(準備をする)、
someone) (人)を手厚くもてなす
15. a red herring 人の注意を他へそらすもの

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON


1. as bold as a lion 勇猛である
2. as brittle as glass (人が)扱いにくい、怒りっぽい
3. as busy as a bee せっせと仕事に精を出して
4. as changeable as the weather 秋の空のように
5. as cool as a cucumber あくまで落ち着き払って
6. as cunning as a fox とてもずるい、悪賢い
7. as different as chalk and cheese (外見は似ているが本質的には)まったく違った
8. as easy as abc 非常にやさしい、たやすい
9. as fit as a fiddle 元気で、ぴんぴんして
10. as firm as a rock きわめて堅固な
11. as good as gold (人が)とてもおとなしくて
12. as light as a feather とても軽い
13. as like as two peas in a pod まるでうり二つで
14. as poor as a church mouse ひどく貧乏で
15. as quick as lightning うむを言わせないほど速

171
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson eighteen BINOMINALS


1. odds and ends はんぱ物、がらくた、残り物
2. give and take 公平にやりとりする、互いに譲り合う
3. part and parcel 重要部分、眼目
4. to go to rack and ruin 荒廃(破滅)する、だめになる
5. to be prim and proper 潔癖でお堅い
6. to be rough and ready 間に合わせ(大ざっぱ、ぞんざい)だけれども目的に
かなう
7. to pick and choose よりすぐる、えり好みする
8. leaps and bounds とんとん拍子に、うなぎ登りに
9. peace and quiet 平穏無事
10. here and there あちらこちら
11. on and off 時々、折々、不規則に
12. back and forth 前後に、あちこちに
13. down and out 落ちぶれ果てた人
14. up and down 上下に
15. back to front 後ろ前に

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


1. How come? なぜ?/どうしてですか
2. How’s that? どうして?/どういう理由で?
3. So what? それで?
4. What’s up? どうしたの(ですか)?
5. What of it? それで?気にすることはない。
6. What if…? …たらどうなるの(ですか)?
7. Come on! 早くしてよ!
8. No way! / In no way! 無理(です)!
9. It’s (That’s) too bad! 残念(ですね)!
10. Time’s up. 時間切れですよ。
11. Time flies. 光陰矢の如し。
12. Take it easy. 気楽に、あせらないで
13. So long! では、また!
14. Go ahead! どうぞ(進んでください)!
15. Never mind! 気にしないで(ください)!
16. Cheers! 乾杯!
17. And so on / forth. などなど…
18. It’s no good. 無駄です。
19. Good heavens! (あらまあ!)大変!
20. Bless you! お大事に! (くしゃみをした人に向かって)

Lesson twenty PROVERBS


Actions speak louder than words. 言葉より行動のほうが雄弁である
All’s well that ends well. 終わりよければすべてよし
All that glitters is not gold. 輝くものすべてが金とは限らない
A bad workman always blames his tools. 下手な職人は道具に難癖をつける、弘法は筆を選ばず
Barking dogs seldom bite. 吠える犬はめったに噛まない
Better late than never. 遅くともないよりまし

172
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

A bird in the hand is worth two in the 手中の一羽の鳥は茂みの中の二羽の鳥より値打ちがある


bush. (明日の百より今日の五十)
Don’t count your chickens before they (通例否定の命令法で)
hatch. 「捕らぬたぬきの皮算用」をするな
Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. ひとつの事業にすべてをかけるな
Don’t put the cart before the horse. 前後(の順序)を誤る、本末転倒、
馬の前に荷車をつなぐな
The early bird catches the worm. 早起きは三文の得(徳)
Honesty is the best policy. 正直は最上の策
It’s no use crying over spilt milk. 過ぎ去ったことはくよくよしてもしかたがない
(覆水盆に返らず)
It never rains but it pours. 降れば土砂降り 二度あることは三度ある
Make hay while the sun shines / strike 日の照るうちに草を干せ/鉄は熱いうちに打て、
while the iron is hot. 好機を逸するな.
Necessity is the mother of invention. 必要は発明の母
No gain without pain. 骨折りなければ利益なし
No news is good news. 便りのないのはよい便り
Practice makes perfect. 習うより慣れよ
The road to hell is paved with good 地獄への道は善意の石畳で舗装されている
intentions. (いくら善意があっても実行しなければやはりそ
の人は地獄へ落ちる
Rome was not built in a day. ローマは一日にしてならず
Too many cooks spoil the broth. 料理人が多ければ吸い物がまずくなる
(船頭多くして船山に上る)
You can’t have your cake and eat it 一度に二つ良いことは起きない

173
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Glossary / Słowniczek

PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS


Lesson one BUSINESS AND MONEY
1. a business runs at a profit / a business runs interes przynosi zyski / straty
at a loss
2. finances are in good shape / finances are in finanse są w dobrej / złej kondycji
bad shape
3. a falling market podupadający rynek
4. to put money into business inwestować pieniądze w interes
5. to close a deal / to close a bargain sfinalizować interes
6. sharp practices nie całkiem uczciwe (jednak legalne) praktyki
7. a sleeping partner cichy wspólnik
8. a take over przejęcie (np. firmy)
9. to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt zbankrutować
10. to make money zarabiać pieniądze
11. to be in the money być przy pieniądzach (nagle)
12. to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner mieć pensję tygodniową / miesięczną
13. to make a living zarabiać na życie
14. to be well-off być dobrze sytuowanym
15. to tighten one’s belt zacisnąć pasa

Lesson two WORK


1. to get down to business wziąć się do roboty
2. to roll one’s sleeves up zakasać rękawy
3. to be on business być w interesach
4. to work in the field pracować w terenie
5. a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker pracownik umysłowy / pracownik fizyczny
6. to be on duty / to be off duty być n służbie (dyżurze) / być po służbie
(dyżurze)
7. to do overtime / to work overtime pracować nadgodziny
8. to be on piece work pracować na akord
9. to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be pracować na zmiany
on nights)
10. to be on call być do dyspozycji
11. to fire somebody zwolnić kogoś z pracy
12. to give somebody the sack / to get the sack zwolnić kogoś / zostać zwolnionym
13. to go on the dole zacząć pobierać zasiłek dla bezrobotnych
14. to go on strike zacząć strajkować
15. a blackleg łamistrajk

Lesson three TIME


1. to be on time być punktualnie
2. to be behind time spóźnić się
3. to take one’s time nie spieszyć się
4. to do sth at the last minute zrobić coś na ostatnią chwilę
5. to do sth on the spur of the moment zrobić coś pod wpływem chwili

174
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. to be up-to-date / out-of-date być na czasie, być aktualnym / być


nieaktualnym
7. it’s high time najwyższy czas, aby
8. to have a minute mieć minutę (dla kogoś)
9. at any moment w każdej chwili, lada moment
10. every now and then od czasu do czasu
11. once in a blue moon bardzo rzadko
12. once in a while raz na jakiś czas
13. a night-bird nocny Marek
14. an early bird ranny ptaszek
15. to kill time zabić czas

Lesson four CONVERSATION


1. to talk at cross purposes nie rozumieć się nawzajem
2. to get hold of the wrong end of the stick zrozumieć coś niewłaściwie
3. to get a word in edgeways wtrącić słowo
4. to talk behind somebody’s back mówić za czyimiś plecami
5. to give somebody a talking-to nagadać komuś
6. to put it in a nutshell powiedzieć coś zwięźle
7. to be long-winded gadatliwy, rozwlekły
8. to speak one’s mind mówić otwarcie, szczerze
9. to talk rubbish gadać bzdury
10. to talk sense mówić do rzeczy
11. to take the hint zrozumieć w lot, pojąć aluzję
12. to take something into account wziąć coś pod uwagę
13. to cut a long story short krótko mówiąc
14. to beat about the bush owijać w bawełnę
15. to have a word with somebody zamienić z kimś słowo

Lesson five DISCUSSION


1. an open question otwarta kwestia
2. a storm in a teacup burza w szklance wody
3. to cross swords skrzyżować miecze (w dyskusji)
4. to drop the subject przestać mówić na jakiś temat
5. to change one’s mind zmienić zdanie
6. to bear something in mind mieć coś na uwadze
7. to make up one’s mind zdecydować się
8. to take something for granted brać coś za pewnik
9. to come to the point / to get to the point / to dojść do sedna sprawy
reach the point
10. to fail to see the point / to miss the point nie rozumieć celu, sedna sprawy
11. to get the point / to see the point zrozumieć cel
12. to make one’s point wyjaśnić swój punkt widzenia
13. to hold one’s tongue powstrzymać się od powiedzenia czegoś
14. to have the last word mieć ostatnie słowo
15. in a way / in some ways w pewnym sensie, do pewnego stopnia
16. all in all podsumowując, biorąc wszystko pod uwagę
17. for one thing po pierwsze
18. to be out of place być nie na miejscu
19. to be out of the question nie ma mowy
20. to wrap up the discussion zakończyć dyskusję

175
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson six PROBLEMS


1. to stir things up umyślnie powodować zamęt, zamieszanie
2. to pour oil on troubled waters łagodzić sytuację
3. to lay one’s cards on the table wyłożyć karty na stół
4. to get to the bottom of things dotrzeć do sedna, do prawdy
5. to get a grasp pojąć coś
6. to see a light at the end of the tunnel zobaczyć światło w tunelu
7. to sweep under the carpet ukrywać problem, zamiast stawić mu czoło
8. to be in a fix być w potrzasku
9. to be at a crossroads być na rozdrożach
10. to find a happy medium znaleźć złoty środek
11. to skate on thin ice stąpać po kruchym lodzie
12. to put oneself in someone else’s shoes postawić się w czyjejś sytuacji
13. to take something to heart wziąć sobie coś do serca
14. to keep a straight face utrzymać powagę
15. to burn one’s fingers sparzyć sobie palce
16. to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges palić za sobą mosty
17. to get into hot water / to get into a mess wpaść w kłopoty, wpaść w tarapaty
18. to mind your own business pilnować własnego nosa
19. to see daylight doznać olśnienia
20. to face the music ponieść konsekwencje

Lesson seven BEHAVIOUR


1. to be out of one’s mind stracić rozum
2. to be as thick as thieves być z kimś w wielkiej przyjaźni
3. to blow one’s own trumpet przechwalać się
4. to go one’s own way pójść własną drogą
5. to be a bull in a china shop być jak słoń w składzie porcelany (niezdarny)
6. to be a snake in the grass okazać się wężem, udawać przyjaciela
7. to drive someone mad doprowadzać kogoś do szału
8. to lose one’s temper stracić panowanie nad sobą
9. to lose one’s head stracić głowę, stracić umiejętność logicznego
myślenia
10. to lose one’s tongue zaniemówić
11. to keep one’s chin up trzymać głowę do góry, myśleć pozytywnie
12. to play the fool wygłupiać się
13. to show one’s teeth pokazać wściekłość
14. to get on someone’s nerves działać komuś na nerwy
15. to hit below the belt uderzać poniżej pasa

Lesson eight FEELINGS


1. to be on cloud nine być bardzo szczęśliwym
2. to be in high spirits być w dobrym nastroju, być podekscytowanym
3. to be in seventh heaven być w siódmym niebie
4. to be at ease czuć się na luzie, być zrelaksowanym
5. to be in a black mood być rozdrażnionym
6. to have something on one’s mind mieć coś na głowie, martwić się czymś
7. to be able to eat a horse móc zjeść konia z kopytami, być bardzo głodnym
8. to be shaking in one’s shoes być przerażonym

176
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

9. to jump out of one’s skin wyskoczyć ze skóry (ze zdziwienia, z


zaskoczenia)
10. to be like a fish out of water czuć się nieswojo, niepewnie
11. to be on edge być bardzo napiętym
12. to be on tenterhooks siedzieć jak na szpilkach
13. to be over the moon być bardzo zadowolonym
14. to see red wściec się
15. to be full of beans być pełnym energii

Lesson nine HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH


1. not to look one’s age nie wyglądać na swój wiek
2. to look young for one’s years wyglądać młodo, jak na swoje lata
3. to be getting on in years posuwać się w latach, starzeć się
4. to be in the autumn of one’s life być w jesieni życia
5. to be in good health / to be in good shape być w dobrym zdrowiu, w dobrej formie
6. to be in poor health / to be in poor shape być słabego zdrowia, być w złej formie
7. to feel under the weather / to look a bit czuć się chorym, wyglądać na chorego
under the weather
8. to be off colour czuć się niewyraźnie
9. to look run-down wyglądać na zmęczonego
10. to catch a disease złapać chorobę
11. to be on one’s last legs być starym lub w bardzo złej kondycji
12. to be on one’s deathbed być na łożu śmierci
13. to have one foot in the grave być jedną nogą w grobie
14. to kick the bucket kopnąć w kalendarz
15. to die before one’s time umrzeć młodo

Lesson ten CRIME


1. to come to a bad end źle skończyć
2. a capital offence / a capital crime przestępstwo karane śmiercią
3. a jail bird recydywista
4. to serve time / to do time odsiadywać karę
5. to be at large być na wolności
6. to be on parole być na warunkowym zwolnieniu
7. to break prison uciec z więzienia
8. to go to law oddać sprawę do sądu
9. to have clean hands mieć czyste ręce, być niewinnym
10. to catch someone red-handed złapać kogoś na gorącym uczynku
11. crime doesn’t pay przestępstwo nie popłaca
12. daylight robbery zdzierstwo
13. in cold blood z zimną krwią
14. to set a thief / to catch a thief złapać złodzieja
15. to be on the alert być w pogotowiu

Lesson eleven ENTERTAINMENT


1. to have a night out wyjść wieczorem, spędzić wieczór poza domem
2. to make a day of something spędzić cały dzień dobrze się bawiąc
3. to have a good time / to have a great time dobrze się bawić
4. to go out on the town bawić się na mieście
5. to wear one’s sunday best ubrać się w najlepsze ciuchy

177
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. a blind date randka w ciemno


7. to throw a party urządzić imprezę
8. to be the life and soul of the party być duszą towarzystwa
9. hard drinks mocne alkohole
10. to be high być pijanym, być naćpanym
11. thin beer słabe piwo
12. to stand someone a drink postawić komuś drinka
13. to go dutch płacić każdy za siebie
14. to feel like doing something mieć na coś ochotę
15. to be keen on lubić

Lesson twelve HOLIDAY / TRAVEL


1. a package holiday wycieczka zorganizowana, w której transport,
wyżywienie i zakwaterowanie są zapewnione i
zawarte w cenie
2. a coach party grupa zorganizowana
3. to sleep in the open spać pod gołym niebem
4. to travel light podróżować bez większego bagażu
5. to be on the road być w podróży
6. to hit the road ruszyć w drogę
7. to make a trip through the country / to go on objechać cały kraj
a round trip through the country
8. to break the journey zrobić przerwę w podróży
9. to travel through / to travel non-stop podróżować bez przystanku
10. to cross a border przekroczyć granicę
11. to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike podróżować autostopem
12. to get itchy feet czuć nieodpartą potrzebę udania się w podróż
13. to go on a guided tour zwiedzać z przewodnikiem
14. to do a sight-seeing tour zwiedzać
15. to take a shortcut pójść na skróty

Lesson thirteen FAMILY


1. a grass widow słomiana wdowa
2. a henpecked husband pantoflarz
3. to wear the trousers nosić spodnie, być mężczyzną
4. an old maid stara panna
5. to lead a woman to the altar zaprowadzić kobietę do ołtarza
6. a confirmed bachelor zatwardziały kawaler
7. to have an affair mieć romans
8. flesh and blood własna rodzina
9. to run the streets (of children) wałęsać się po ulicach bez opieki (o dzieciach)
10. to play truant wagarować
11. to be the black sheep of the family być czarną owcą w rodzinie
12. to follow in someone’s footsteps pójść w czyjeś ślady
13. the generation gap różnica pokoleń
14. to be born with a silver spoon in one’s być w czepku urodzonym
mouth
15. blue blood błękitna krew

178
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


Lesson fourteen ANIMALS
1. to kill two birds with one stone upiec dwie pieczenie na jednym ogniu
2. to take the bull by the horns złapać byka za rogi
3. to have butterflies in one’s stomach czuć nerwowy ucisk w żołądku
4. to let the cat out of the bag zdradzić sekret
5. to go to the dogs zejść na psy
6. to let sleeping dogs lie nie wywoływać wilka z lasu
7. to have other fish to fry mieć coś ważniejszego do zrobienia.
8. to take the lion’s share zabrać lwią część
9. to buy a pig in a poke kupić kota w worku
10. to smell a rat węszyć podstęp
11. to cook someone’s goose zniweczyć czyjeś plany
12. to have a bee in one’s bonnet mieć obsesję na jakimś punkcie
13. to rain cats and dogs (o deszczu) leje jak z cebra
14. to go at a snail’s pace wlec się jak ślimak
15. to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing być wilkiem w owczej skórze

Lesson fifteen PARTS OF THE BODY


1. to do something behind someone’s back robić coś za czyimiś plecami
2. to make no bones about something nie owijać w bawełnę
3. to get something off one’s chest zrzucić ciężar z serca
4. to be all ears zamieniać się w słuch
5. to be an eye-opener być rewelacją, czymś, co zmienia nasze
widzenie świata
6. to have an eye for something być spostrzegawczym w jakiejś dziedzinie
7. to have something at one’s fingertips mieć coś w małym palcu
8. to make one’s hair stand on end powodować, że włos staje na głowie, przerażać
9. to learn something by heart nauczyć się czegoś na pamięć
10. to pull someone’s leg żartować sobie z kogoś
11. to have something on the tip of one’s tongue mieć coś na końcu języka
12. to stick one’s neck out nadstawiać karku, narażać się
13. to be getting out of hand wymykać się spod kontroli
14. to split hairs dzielić włos na czworo
15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder być przeczulonym na jakimś punkcie

Lesson sixteen COLOURS


1. to beat somebody black and blue zbić kogoś na kwaśne jabłko
2. to feel blue być przygnębionym
3. to have green fingers mieć rękę do roślin
4. to be green być łatwowiernym, niedoświadczonym
5. to be in the red być zadłużonym
6. to be in the black być do przodu z pieniędzmi (nie być zadłużonym)
7. a blackout utrata przytomności
8. out of the blue niespodziewanie
9. a white lie białe (nieszkodliwe) kłamstwo
10. white coffee biała kawa
11. to see something through rose-coloured widzieć coś przez różowe okulary
12. to paint the town red zaszaleć na mieście
179
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

13. to see the red light rozpoznać niebezpieczeństwo


14. to put out the red carpet (for someone) przywitać kogoś godnie
15. a red herring uwaga wypowiedziana po to, aby skierować
rozmowę na inny tor

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON


1. as bold as a lion odważny jak lew
2. as brittle as glass kruchy jak szkło
3. as busy as a bee pracowity jak pszczółka
4. as changeable as the weather zmienny jak pogoda
5. as cool as a cucumber opanowany
6. as cunning as a fox przebiegły jak lis
7. as different as chalk and cheese zupełnie niepodobni
8. as easy as abc łatwy jak abecadło
9. as fit as a fiddle bardzo sprawny i wysportowany
10. as firm as a rock twardy jak skała (nieugięty, zdecydowany)
11. as good as gold bardzo dobry (o człowieku)
12. as light as a feather lekki jak piórko
13. as like as two peas in a pod podobny jak dwie krople wody
14. as poor as a church mouse biedny jak mysz kościelna
15. as quick as lightning szybki jak błyskawica

Lesson eighteen BINOMINALS


1. odds and ends resztki, drobiazgi
2. give and take kompromis, wzajemne ustępstwa
3. part and parcel część integralna
4. to go to rack and ruin popaść w ruinę
5. to be prim and proper bardzo oficjalny (sztywny)
6. to be rough and ready prosty, niewyszukany
7. to pick and choose wybierać z wielu możliwości
8. leaps and bounds szybko, wielkimi krokami
9. peace and quiet cisza i spokój
10. here and there tu i ówdzie, gdzieniegdzie
11. on and off od czasu do czasu
12. back and forth tam i z powrotem
13. down and out rozbitek życiowy, wykolejeniec
14. up and down w górę i w dół
15. back to front tyłem naprzód

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


1. How come? Dlaczego?/ Jak to się stało?
2. How’s that? Dlaczego? / Jaka jest tego przyczyna?
3. So what? I co z tego?
4. What’s up? Co się dzieje? / Co słychać?
5. What of it? I co z tego?
6. What if…? A co jeśli…?
7. Come on! Pospiesz się! / Przestań!
8. No way! / In no way! Nie ma mowy.
9. It’s (That’s) too bad! Szkoda.
10. Time’s up. Czas dobiegł końca.

180
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. Time flies. Czas leci.


12. Take it easy. Spokojnie, nie denerwuj się.
13. So long! Na razie!
14. Go ahead! Zaczynaj!
15. Never mind! Nie przejmuj się.
16. Cheers! Na zdrowie!
17. And so on / forth. I tak dalej. / I tym podobne.
18. It’s no good. Nie ma sensu.
19. Good heavens! Wielkie nieba!
20. Bless you! Na zdrowie (gdy ktoś kichnie).

Lesson twenty PROVERBS


Actions speak louder than words. Czyny przemawiają głośniej niż słowa.
All’s well that ends well. Wszystko dobre, co się dobrze kończy.
All that glitters is not gold. Nie wszystko złoto, co się świeci.
A bad workman always blames his tools. Złej baletnicy przeszkadza rąbek u spódnicy.
Barking dogs seldom bite. Pies, który szczeka, rzadko gryzie.
Better late than never. Lepiej późno, niż wcale.
A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Lepszy wróbel w garści niż gołąb na dachu.
Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Nie dziel skóry na niedźwiedziu.
Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. Nie stawiaj wszystkiego na jedną kartę.
Don’t put the cart before the horse. Nie stawiaj rzeczy na głowie.
The early bird catches the worm. Kto rano wstaje, temu Pan Bóg daje.
Honesty is the best policy. Uczciwość popłaca.
It’s no use crying over spilt milk. Co się stało to się nie odstanie.
It never rains but it pours. Nieszczęścia chodzą parami.
Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the Kuj żelazo, póki gorące.
iron is hot.
Necessity is the mother of invention. Potrzeba matką wynalazku.
No gain without pain. Bez pracy nie ma kołaczy.
No news is good news. Brak wiadomości to dobra wiadomość.
Practice makes perfect. Praktyka czyni mistrza.
The road to hell is paved with good intentions. Dobrymi chęciami jest piekło wybrukowane.
Rome was not built in a day. Nie od razu Rzym zbudowano.
Too many cooks spoil the broth. Gdzie kucharek sześć tam nie ma co jeść.
You can’t have your cake and eat it Nie można zjeść ciastka i mieć ciastko.

181
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Spanish / Glosario
PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS
Lesson one BUSINESS AND MONEY
1. a business runs at a profit / a business runs un negocio produce beneficios / pérdidas
at a loss
2. finances are in good shape / finances are in las finanzas están en buena forma / en mala
bad shape forma
3. a falling market mercado decreciente, mercado con tendencia a
la baja
4. to put money into business invertir dinero en un negocio
5. to close a deal / to close a bargain cerrar un trato
6. sharp practices métodos dudosos (pero no ilegales)
7. a sleeping partner socio comanditario
8. a take over adquisición
9. to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt quebrar, estar en bancarrota
10. to make money ganar dinero
11. to be in the money ser rico, tener mucho dinero
12. to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner ser un asalariado
13. to make a living ganarse la vida
14. to be well-off estar bien económicamente
15. to tighten one’s belt apretarse el cinturón

Lesson two WORK


1. to get down to business ponerse a trabajar en serio
2. to roll one’s sleeves up prepararse para trabajar
3. to be on business estar en el negocio
4. to work in the field trabajar en el terreno
5. a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker un empleado administrativo / un obrero
6. to be on duty / to be off duty estar de servicio / estar fuera de servicio
7. to do overtime / to work overtime trabajar horas extras
8. to be on piece work trabajar a destajo
9. to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be trabajar a turnos
on nights)
10. to be on call estar localizable
11. to fire somebody despedir a alguien
12. to give somebody the sack / to get the sack despedir a alguien
13. to go on the dole ir al paro
14. to go on strike estar en huelga
15. a blackleg esquirol

Lesson three TIME


1. to be on time ser puntual / llegar a tiempo
2. to be behind time retrasarse
3. to take one’s time tomarse su tiempo
4. to do sth at the last minute hacer algo en el último momento
5. to do sth on the spur of the moment hacer algo impulsivamente, hacer algo de
repente

182
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. to be up-to-date / out-of-date estar a la útima, ser moderno / estar anticuado,


estar
7. it’s high time pasado de moda
8. to have a minute ya es hora
9. at any moment tener un minuto (para alguien)
10. every now and then en cualquier momento / de un momento a otro
11. once in a blue moon de vez en cuando
12. once in a while muy de vez en cuando / raramente
13. a night-bird de vez en cuando
14. an early bird ave nocturna / un búho
15. to kill time un madrugador
16. matar el tiempo

Lesson four CONVERSATION


1. to talk at cross purposes hablar de cosas distintas, tener un diálogo de
besugos
2. to get hold of the wrong end of the stick malinterpretar algo
3. to get a word in edgeways meter baza
4. to talk behind somebody’s back hablar a espaldas de alguien
5. to give somebody a talking-to regañar a alguien, darle a alguien una charla
6. to put it in a nutshell resumir algo, decir algo brevemente
7. to be long-winded ser interminable en explicaciones, ser prolijo en
explicaciones
8. to speak one’s mind hablar con franqueza
9. to talk rubbish decir tonterías, decir disparates
10. to talk sense hablar con sensatez
11. to take the hint darse por aludido
12. to take something into account tener algo en cuenta, tomar algo en
consideración
13. to cut a long story short abreviar, ser breve
14. to beat about the bush andarse por las ramas, andarse con rodeos
15. to have a word with somebody tener cuatro palabras con alguien

Lesson five DISCUSSION


1. an open question pregunta abierta
2. a storm in a teacup una tormenta en un vaso de agua
3. to cross swords vérselas con alguien
4. to drop the subject cambiar el tema
5. to change one’s mind cambiar de opinión
6. to bear something in mind tener algo en cuenta
7. to make up one’s mind tomar una decisión
8. to take something for granted dar algo por supuesto
9. to come to the point / to get to the point / to ir al grano, ir al asunto
reach the point
10. to fail to see the point / to miss the point no entender el asunto
11. to get the point / to see the point entender el asunto
12. to make one’s point hacerse entender
13. to hold one’s tongue morderse la lengua
14. to have the last word tener la última palabra
15. in a way / in some ways en cierto modo, en cierta manera
16. all in all en definitiva, en resumen
17. for one thing en primer lugar
183
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

18. to be out of place estar fuera de lugar, ser inadecuado


19. to be out of the question imposible, de ningún modo
20. to wrap up the discussion finalizar el debate

Lesson six PROBLEMS


1. to stir things up revolver las cosas
2. to pour oil on troubled waters tranquilizar los ánimos, apaciguar los ánimos
3. to lay one’s cards on the table poner las cartas sobre la mesa
4. to get to the bottom of things llegar al fondo del asunto
5. to get a grasp entender algo
6. to see a light at the end of the tunnel ver la luz al final del túnel
7. to sweep under the carpet esconder el problema
8. to be in a fix estar en un apuro, estar en un aprieto
9. to be at a crossroads encontrarse en una encrucijada, estar ante una
10. to find a happy medium difícil situación
11. to skate on thin ice encontrar una solución intermedia
12. to put oneself in someone else’s shoes pisar en terreno peligroso
13. to take something to heart ponerse en la posición de alguien
14. to keep a straight face tomarse algo a pecho
15. to burn one’s fingers mostrarse impasible, quedarse como si nada
16. to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges quemarse los dedos
17. to get into hot water / to get into a mess tirar piedras sobre el propio tejado de uno
18. to mind your own business meterse en líos
19. to see daylight preocuparse de los propios asuntos de uno
20. to face the music ver la luz, empezar a ver la luz
21. hacer frente a las consecuencias

Lesson seven BEHAVIOUR


1. to be out of one’s mind perder el juicio
2. to be as thick as thieves ser uña y carne
3. to blow one’s own trumpet presumir, echarse flores
4. to go one’s own way seguir su propio camino
5. to be a bull in a china shop ser como un elefante en una cacharrería
6. to be a snake in the grass ser un traicionero, ser un enemigo oculto
7. to drive someone mad volver loco a uno
8. to lose one’s temper perder la calma
9. to lose one’s head perder la cabeza
10. to lose one’s tongue quedarse mudo
11. to keep one’s chin up poner al mal tiempo buena cara
12. to play the fool hacerse el tonto
13. to show one’s teeth enseñar los dientes, enseñar las garras
14. to get on someone’s nerves poner a alguien de los nervios
15. to hit below the belt dar un golpe bajo

Lesson eight FEELINGS


1. to be on cloud nine estar en la nubes, estar muy feliz
2. to be in high spirits estar muy animado
3. to be in seventh heaven estar en el séptimo cielo, estar muy feliz
4. to be at ease estar cómodo, estar relajado
5. to be in a black mood estar de mal humor

184
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. to have something on one’s mind tener algo en la cabeza, preocuparse por algo
7. to be able to eat a horse ser capaz de comerse una vaca
8. to be shaking in one’s shoes temblar de miedo
9. to jump out of one’s skin morirse de miedo, llevarse un gran susto
10. to be like a fish out of water estar como pez fuera del agua,
11. to be on edge tener los nervios de punta
12. to be on tenterhooks estar en ascuas, estar con el alma en vilo
13. to be over the moon estar encantado de la vida
14. to see red ponerse rojo de ira
15. to be full of beans rebosar de vitalidad

Lesson nine HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH


1. not to look one’s age no aparentar la edad de uno
2. to look young for one’s years aparentar joven para la edad de uno
3. to be getting on in years entrar en años
4. to be in the autumn of one’s life estar en el otoño de la vida de uno
5. to be in good health / to be in good shape estar bien de salud, estar en plena forma
6. to be in poor health / to be in poor shape estar mal de salud, estar en baja forma
7. to feel under the weather / to look a bit sentirse mal, sentirse enfermo
under the weather
8. to be off colour no encontrarse bien, estar destemplado
9. to look run-down parecer agotado
10. to catch a disease coger una enfermedad
11. to be on one’s last legs estar en las últimas
12. to be on one’s deathbed estar en el lecho de muerte
13. to have one foot in the grave tener un pie en la tumba
14. to kick the bucket estirar la pata
15. to die before one’s time morir antes de tiempo

Lesson ten CRIME


1. to come to a bad end acabar mal
2. a capital offence / a capital crime delito punible con pena de muerte / crimen con
mayúsculas
3. a jail bird reincidente
4. to serve time / to do time estar en prisión, purgar una condena
5. to be at large estar libre
6. to be on parole estar en libertad bajo palabra de honor
7. to break prison escapar de prisión
8. to go to law poner un pleito
9. to have clean hands tener las manos limpias, ser inocente
10. to catch someone red-handed coger a alguien con las manos en la masa
11. crime doesn’t pay los delitos no benefician a nadie
12. daylight robbery robo a mano armada
13. in cold blood a sangre fría
14. to set a thief / to catch a thief atrapar a un ladrón
15. to be on the alert estar sobre aviso, estar en alerta

185
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson eleven ENTERTAINMENT


1. to have a night out salir por la noche
2. to make a day of something pasárselo bien todo el día
3. to have a good time / to have a great time divertirse de lo lindo, pasárselo a tope
4. to go out on the town salir una noche de marcha
5. to wear one’s sunday best vestirse de gala
6. a blind date una cita a ciegas
7. to throw a party dar una fiesta
8. to be the life and soul of the party ser el alma de la fiesta
9. hard drinks bebidas alcohólicas
10. to be high estar drogado, estar colocado
11. thin beer cerveza ligera
12. to stand someone a drink invitar a alguien a un trago
13. to go dutch pagar cada uno lo suyo
14. to feel like doing something apetecer hacer algo
15. to be keen on gustar

Lesson twelve HOLIDAY / TRAVEL


1. a package holiday paquete de vacaciones, viaje organizado
2. a coach party grupo organizado
3. to sleep in the open dormir al aire libre
4. to travel light viajar con poco equipaje
5. to be on the road ponerse en camino
6. to hit the road salir en coche, tirar millas
7. to make a trip through the country / to go on hacer un viaje por todo el país
a round trip through the country
8. to break the journey hacer una parada en el camino
9. to travel through / to travel non-stop viajar sin parar
10. to cross a border cruzar una frontera
11. to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike hacer autoestop
12. to get itchy feet tener ansias de viajar
13. to go on a guided tour ir con guía turístico
14. to do a sight-seeing tour hacer una excursion turística
15. to take a shortcut tomar un atajo, tirar por un atajo

Lesson thirteen FAMILY


1. a grass widow mujer cuyo marido está ausente
2. a henpecked husband calzonazos
3. to wear the trousers llevar los pantalones, mandar
4. an old maid una solterona
5. to lead a woman to the altar llevar a una mujer al altar
6. a confirmed bachelor un solterón empedernido
7. to have an affair tener una aventura amorosa
8. flesh and blood carne y hueso,la familia
9. to run the streets (of children) correr por las calles
10. to play truant hacer novillos
11. to be the black sheep of the family ser la oveja negra de la familia
12. to follow in someone’s footsteps seguir los pasos de alguien
13. the generation gap brecha generacional

186
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

14. to be born with a silver spoon in one’s nacer en una cuna de oro, nacer con un pan
mouth debajo del brazo
15. blue blood sangre azul

PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


Lesson fourteen ANIMALS
1. to kill two birds with one stone matar dos pájaros de un tiro
2. to take the bull by the horns coger el toro por los cuernos
3. to have butterflies in one’s stomach tener un cosquilleo en el estómago ( por los
nervios)
4. to let the cat out of the bag revelar un secreto, chivarse de algo
5. to go to the dogs echarse a perder, descarriarse
6. to let sleeping dogs lie dejar las cosas como están, no avivar el fuego
7. to have other fish to fry tener algo mejor que hacer
8. to take the lion’s share llevarse la mejor tajada
9. to buy a pig in a poke comprar a ciegas
10. to smell a rat darse cuenta que hay gato encerrado
11. to cook someone’s goose arruinar las posibilidades de alguien
12. to have a bee in one’s bonnet tener una cosa metida en la cabeza, estar
obsesionado con una sola idea
13. to rain cats and dogs llover a cántaros
14. to go at a snail’s pace ir lento como una tortuga
15. to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing ser un lobo con piel de oveja

Lesson fifteen PARTS OF THE BODY


1. to do something behind someone’s back hacer algo a espaldas de alguien
2. to make no bones about something ir directo al grano, no vacilar en hacer algo
3. to get something off one’s chest desahogarse
4. to be all ears ser todo oídos
5. to be an eye-opener ser muy revelador
6. to have an eye for something tener buen ojo para algo
7. to have something at one’s fingertips tener algo en la mano
8. to make one’s hair stand on end ponérsele a uno el pelo de punta
9. to learn something by heart aprender algo de memoria
10. to pull someone’s leg tomar el pelo a alguien
11. to have something on the tip of one’s tongue tener algo en la punta de la lengua
12. to stick one’s neck out arriesgarse
13. to be getting out of hand estar fuera de control
14. to split hairs ser un tiquismiquis, discutir sobre detalles
mínimos
15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder guardar rencor

Lesson sixteen COLOURS


1. to beat somebody black and blue poner a alguien morado, dar a alguien una
paliza
2. to feel blue sertirse deprimido
3. to have green fingers tener habilidad para la jardinería
4. to be green estar verde, sin experiencia

187
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

5. to be in the red estar en números rojos, deber dinero


6. to be in the black ganar dinero, hacer pasta
7. a blackout desmayo, un apagón (de luz)
8. out of the blue como llovido del cielo, por sorpresa
9. a white lie una mentira piadosa
10. white coffee café con leche
11. to see something through rose-coloured ver algo de color de rosa
12. to paint the town red irse de juerga
13. to see the red light ver el peligro
14. to put out the red carpet (for someone) dar a alguien la bienvenida con honores
15. a red herring cambiar de tema, algo que distrae del tema que
se discute

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON


1. as bold as a lion orgulloso como león
2. as brittle as glass frágil como la porcelana
3. as busy as a bee ocupadísimo, muy metido en el trabajo
4. as changeable as the weather cambiante como el tiempo
5. as cool as a cucumber tan pancho, tan fresco
6. as cunning as a fox astuto como un zorro
7. as different as chalk and cheese se parecen como un huevo a una castaña
8. as easy as abc tan fácil como que dos y dos son cuatro
9. as fit as a fiddle sano como una rosa
10. as firm as a rock firme como una roca
11. as good as gold buenísimo, un angelito
12. as light as a feather ligero como una pluma
13. as like as two peas in a pod parecidos como dos gotas de agua
14. as poor as a church mouse más pobre que uno que se está bañando, no
tiene dónde caerse muerto
15. as quick as lightning rápido como un rayo

Lesson eighteen BINOMINALS


1. odds and ends puntas y cabos, restos
2. give and take toma y daca, concesiones mutuas
3. part and parcel la parte esencial, la parte integral
4. to go to rack and ruin echarse a perder, arruinarse
5. to be prim and proper de comportamiento impecable, correcto y formal
6. to be rough and ready provisional, por encima (datos, cifras, etc..)
7. to pick and choose seleccionar de un abanico grande de
posibilidades
8. leaps and bounds a pasos agigantados
9. peace and quiet paz y tranquilidad
10. here and there aquí y allá
11. on and off de vez en cuando
12. back and forth de acá para allá
13. down and out derrotado, pobrecito
14. up and down de arriba a abajo
15. back to front al revés

188
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


1. How come? ¿Por qué? / ¿Cómo es eso? / ¿Cómo pasó?/ ¿Y
eso?
2. How’s that? ¿Por qué?
3. So what? ¿Y qué? ¿Qué más da?
4. What’s up? ¿Qué pasa? ¿Que hay de nuevo? ¿Qué ocurre?
5. What of it? ¿Y qué?
6. What if…? ¿Qué tal si…? / ¿Qué pasa si…?
7. Come on! ¡VENGA!
8. No way! / In no way! De ninguna manera, de ningún modo.
9. It’s (That’s) too bad! ¡Qué pena!, ¡Es una lástima!
10. Time’s up. Se acabó el tiempo.
11. Time flies. El tiempo vuela.
12. Take it easy. Cálmate, tranquil.
13. So long! ¡Hasta luego!
14. Go ahead! ¡Adelante!
15. Never mind! No te preocupes. No importa.
16. Cheers! ¡Salud!
17. And so on / forth. Etcétera / Y así sucesivamente.
18. It’s no good. Es inútil, no tiene sentido.
19. Good heavens! ¡Santo cielo!
20. Bless you! ¡Jesús!

Lesson twenty PROVERBS


Actions speak louder than words. Obras son amores y no buenas razones
All’s well that ends well. Bien está lo que bien acaba
All that glitters is not gold. No es oro todo lo que reluce
A bad workman always blames his tools. Un mal trabajador siempre culpa sus
herramientas
Barking dogs seldom bite. Perro ladrador, poco mordedor
Better late than never. Más vale tarde que nunca
A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando
Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. No te adelantes antes que haya terminado
Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. No pongas todos los huevos en la misma cesta
Don’t put the cart before the horse. Todo a su debido tiempo
The early bird catches the worm. Al que madruga, Dios le ayuda
Honesty is the best policy. La honradez es la mejor política. Hay que ir
siempre con la verdad por delante
It’s no use crying over spilt milk. Lo hecho, hecho está. A lo hecho pecho
It never rains but it pours. Las penas vienen en cadena. Todo lo malo
siempre viene junto
Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the Aprovecha la oportunidad. Carpe diem
iron is hot.
Necessity is the mother of invention. La necesidad es la madre de los inventos
No gain without pain. Quien no arriesga, no gana
No news is good news. Ningunas noticias son buenas noticias
Practice makes perfect. La práctica hace al maestro
The road to hell is paved with good intentions. Las buenas intenciones no bastan
Rome was not built in a day. Zamora no se ganó en un día
Too many cooks spoil the broth. Muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho
garabato.
You can’t have your cake and eat it No puedes estar en misa y repicando.
189
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Russian / Словарик

PART ONE IDIOMS IN SITUATIONS


Lesson one BUSINESS AND MONEY
1. a business runs at a profit / a business runs бизнес приносит прибыль / убытки
at a loss
2. finances are in good shape / finances are in финансы находятся в хорошем / плохом
bad shape состоянии
3. a falling market рынок падающих цен
4. to put money into business вложить капитал в бизнес
5. to close a deal / to close a bargain заключить сделку
6. sharp practices нечистые действия
7. a sleeping partner компаньон, не участвующий в ведении дел
8. a take over поглощение (например, фирмы)
9. to go bankrupt / to be bankrupt объявить банкротство
10. to make money зарабатывать деньги
11. to be in the money получить большие деньги
12. to be a wage earner / to be a salary earner быть наемным работником с еженедельным
/ ежемесячным окладом
13. to make a living зарабатывать на жизнь
14. to be well-off быть состоятельным
15. to tighten one’s belt затянуть потуже пояс

Lesson two WORK


1. to get down to business взяться за работу
2. to roll one’s sleeves up засучить рукава
3. to be on business заниматься бизнесом
4. to work in the field работать на месте; на выезде
5. a white-collar worker / a blue-collar worker "белый воротничок"; офисный работник /
"синий воротничок"; рабочий
6. to be on duty / to be off duty быть при исполнении обязанностей;
дежурить / быть вне службы
7. to do overtime / to work overtime работать сверхурочно
8. to be on piece work работать сдельно
9. to be on shifts (be on the night shift / to be работать в смены
on nights)
10. to be on call работать по вызову; дежурить
11. to fire somebody уволить кого-либо
12. to give somebody the sack / to get the sack уволить кого-либо / быть уволенным
13. to go on the dole получать пособие по безработице
14. to go on strike бастовать
15. a blackleg штрейкбрехер

Lesson three TIME


1. to be on time успевать
2. to be behind time опаздывать
3. to take one’s time не спешить

190
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

4. to do sth at the last minute сделать что-либо в последнюю минуту


5. to do sth on the spur of the moment сделать что-либо в порыве, без раздумий
6. to be up-to-date / out-of-date содержать или обладать новейшими
данными / содержать устаревшие данные
7. it’s high time самое время для чего-либо
8. to have a minute посвятить минуту
9. at any moment в любой момент
10. every now and then время от времени
11. once in a blue moon очень редко
12. once in a while изредка
13. a night-bird полуночник; "сова"
14. an early bird ранняя пташка; "жаворонок"
15. to kill time убить время

Lesson four CONVERSATION


1. to talk at cross purposes говорить на разных языках (перен.); не
понимать друг друга
2. to get hold of the wrong end of the stick превратно истолковать что-либо
3. to get a word in edgeways ввернуть словечко
4. to talk behind somebody’s back говорить за чьей-либо спиной; злословить на
чей-либо счет
5. to give somebody a talking-to выговаривать; сделать выговор
6. to put it in a nutshell резюмировать все сказанное; вкратце
7. to be long-winded быть многословным, многоречивым, нудным
8. to speak one’s mind говорить откровенно; открыто
высказываться
9. to talk rubbish нести чушь, чепуху
10. to talk sense говорить по существу, дельно
11. to take the hint понять намек
12. to take something into account принять что-либо во внимание; учесть
13. to cut a long story short короче говоря
14. to beat about the bush говорить обиняками; ходить вокруг да около
15. to have a word with somebody поговорить с кем-либо

Lesson five DISCUSSION


1. an open question нерешенный, открытый вопрос
2. a storm in a teacup буря в стакане воды
3. to cross swords скрестить мечи, шпаги; схлестнуться (в
споре)
4. to drop the subject оставить тему
5. to change one’s mind передумать
6. to bear something in mind иметь что-либо в виду; принимать во
внимание
7. to make up one’s mind принять решение
8. to take something for granted принять на веру; считать само собой
разумеющимся
9. to come to the point / to get to the point / to дойти до сути дела; говорить по существу
reach the point
10. to fail to see the point / to miss the point не понять сути
11. to get the point / to see the point понять смысл
12. to make one’s point изложить свою точку зрения
13. to hold one’s tongue держать язык за зубами
191
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

14. to have the last word сказать последнее слово


15. in a way / in some ways в некотором роде; в некоторой степени
16. all in all в целом; в итоге
17. for one thing во-первых, прежде всего
18. to be out of place быть неуместным
19. to be out of the question это исключено; об этом не может быть и
речи
20. to wrap up the discussion завершить дискуссию

Lesson six PROBLEMS


1. to stir things up заварить кашу
2. to pour oil on troubled waters успокаивать волнение; умерять страсти
3. to lay one’s cards on the table открывать свои карты
4. to get to the bottom of things добраться до сути чего-либо
5. to get a grasp постичь
6. to see a light at the end of the tunnel видеть свет в конце туннеля
7. to sweep under the carpet замалчивать
8. to be in a fix оказаться в тупике, в затруднении
9. to be at a crossroads быть на перепутье
10. to find a happy medium найти золотую середину
11. to skate on thin ice ходить по краю пропасти; находиться в
шатком положении
12. to put oneself in someone else’s shoes побывать в чьей-либо шкуре
13. to take something to heart принимать что-либо близко к сердцу
14. to keep a straight face сохранять серьезность, невозмутимый вид
15. to burn one’s fingers обжечься на чем-либо
16. to burn one’s boats / to burn one’s bridges сжигать свои корабли / сжигать свои
мосты
17. to get into hot water / to get into a mess попасть в переплет, вляпаться в историю
18. to mind your own business не вмешиваться в чужие дела
19. to see daylight постичь; найти выход из положения
20. to face the music пожинать плоды; расхлебывать кашу;
нести ответственность

Lesson seven BEHAVIOUR


1. to be out of one’s mind быть не в своем уме
2. to be as thick as thieves закадычные друзья; водой не разольешь
3. to blow one’s own trumpet бахвалиться; нахваливать себя; хвастаться
4. to go one’s own way идти своей дорогой; идти своим путем
5. to be a bull in a china shop быть как слон в посудной лавке
6. to be a snake in the grass быть змеей подколодной
7. to drive someone mad сводить кого-либо с ума; доводить до
безумия
8. to lose one’s temper выйти из себя; потерять самообладание
9. to lose one’s head потерять голову
10. to lose one’s tongue проглотить язык
11. to keep one’s chin up не вешать носа; не унывать; не падать
духом
12. to play the fool валять дурака; паясничать
13. to show one’s teeth показывать когти; огрызаться
14. to get on someone’s nerves играть на нервах у кого-либо
15. to hit below the belt нанести удар ниже пояса
192
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

Lesson eight FEELINGS


1. to be on cloud nine быть на седьмом небе
2. to be in high spirits быть в приподнятом настроении
3. to be in seventh heaven быть на седьмом небе
4. to be at ease чувствовать себя непринужденно
5. to be in a black mood быть подавленным, в плохом настроении
6. to have something on one’s mind беспокоиться о чем-либо
7. to be able to eat a horse быть голодным как волк
8. to be shaking in one’s shoes дрожать от страха
9. to jump out of one’s skin быть вне себя (от радости, удивления и т.
п.); подпрыгнуть на месте
10. to be like a fish out of water чувствовать себя не в своей тарелке
11. to be on edge волноваться; нервничать
12. to be on tenterhooks сидеть как на углях
13. to be over the moon быть наверху блаженства
14. to see red обезуметь; прийти в ярость
15. to be full of beans быть энергичным, жизнерадостным

Lesson nine HEALTH, ILLNESS, DEATH


1. not to look one’s age не выглядеть на свои годы
2. to look young for one’s years хорошо сохраниться
3. to be getting on in years не первой молодости
4. to be in the autumn of one’s life быть в пожилом возрасте
5. to be in good health / to be in good shape быть в добром здравии / в хорошей форме
6. to be in poor health / to be in poor shape иметь слабое здоровье / быть в плохой
форме
7. to feel under the weather / to look a bit хандрить, неважно себя чувствовать
under the weather
8. to be off colour иметь нездоровый вид
9. to look run-down выглядеть устало
10. to catch a disease подхватить болезнь
11. to be on one’s last legs быть на последнем издыхании
12. to be on one’s deathbed быть на смертном ложе
13. to have one foot in the grave стоять одной ногой в могиле
14. to kick the bucket сыграть в ящик
15. to die before one’s time безвременно скончаться

Lesson ten CRIME


1. to come to a bad end плохо кончить
2. a capital offence / a capital crime тяжкое преступление; преступление,
наказуемое смертной казнью
3. a jail bird рецидивист
4. to serve time / to do time отбывать срок наказания; сидеть
5. to be at large быть на свободе
6. to be on parole быть на условно-досрочном освобождении
7. to break prison бежать из тюрьмы
8. to go to law обращаться в суд; подавать иск
9. to have clean hands быть честным, быть невиновным
10. to catch someone red-handed захватить с поличным; поймать на месте
преступления

193
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

11. crime doesn’t pay преступление не окупается


12. daylight robbery грабеж средь бела дня
13. in cold blood хладнокровно
14. to set a thief / to catch a thief поймать вора
15. to be on the alert быть наготове, настороже; быть
бдительным

Lesson eleven ENTERTAINMENT


1. to have a night out прокутить всю ночь
2. to make a day of something провести весь день на одном развлечении
3. to have a good time / to have a great time приятно провести время
4. to go out on the town развлекаться в городе
5. to wear one’s sunday best надеть праздничную одежду
6. a blind date свидание вслепую
7. to throw a party закатить вечеринку
8. to be the life and soul of the party быть душой компании
9. hard drinks крепкие напитки
10. to be high быть навеселе, торчать
11. thin beer слабое пиво
12. to stand someone a drink поставить кому-либо стаканчик; угостить
13. to go dutch платить за себя; устроить складчину
14. to feel like doing something иметь желание сделать что-либо
15. to be keen on любить; увлекаться

Lesson twelve HOLIDAY / TRAVEL


1. a package holiday комплексное турне; отдых с полным
комплексом услуг
2. a coach party организованная группа
3. to sleep in the open спать на открытом воздухе, под открытым
небом
4. to travel light путешествовать налегке
5. to be on the road совершать турне; быть в пути
6. to hit the road отправиться в путь
7. to make a trip through the country / to go on проехать по всей стране
a round trip through the country
8. to break the journey прервать путешествие
9. to travel through / to travel non-stop путешествовать без остановки
10. to cross a border пересекать границу
11. to hitch a ride / to hitch-hike путешествовать на попутных машинах
12. to get itchy feet испытывать тягу к путешествию
13. to go on a guided tour участвовать в организованной экскурсии
14. to do a sight-seeing tour экскурсия по городу
15. to take a shortcut избрать кратчайший путь; срезать

Lesson thirteen FAMILY


1. a grass widow соломенная вдова
2. a henpecked husband подкаблучник
3. to wear the trousers верховодить в семье; быть главным
(дословно - носить брюки)
4. an old maid старая дева
5. to lead a woman to the altar вести женщину к алтарю; жениться
194
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. a confirmed bachelor убежденный холостяк


7. to have an affair иметь роман
8. flesh and blood плоть и кровь
9. to run the streets (of children) бегать по улицам без надзора (о детях)
10. to play truant прогуливать
11. to be the black sheep of the family быть паршивой овцой в семье, отщепенцем
12. to follow in someone’s footsteps идти по чьим-либо стопам
13. the generation gap конфликт поколений
14. to be born with a silver spoon in one’s родиться в рубашке
mouth
15. blue blood голубая кровь; белая кость;
аристократическое происхождение

PART TWO DIFFERENT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


Lesson fourteen ANIMALS
1. to kill two birds with one stone убить двух зайцев
2. to take the bull by the horns взять быка за рога
3. to have butterflies in one’s stomach сосать под ложечкой
4. to let the cat out of the bag выболтать секрет; проговориться
5. to go to the dogs пойти псу под хвост; идти к чертям
6. to let sleeping dogs lie не будить лихо, пока спит тихо, не касаться
неприятных вопросов
7. to have other fish to fry иметь дела поважнее
8. to take the lion’s share взять львиную долю
9. to buy a pig in a poke купить кота в мешке
10. to smell a rat чуять неладное
11. to cook someone’s goose разрушить чьи-то планы
12. to have a bee in one’s bonnet быть помешанным на чем-либо
13. to rain cats and dogs лить как из ведра
14. to go at a snail’s pace двигаться с черепашьей скоростью
15. to be a wolf in sheep’s clothing быть волком в овечьей шкуре

Lesson fifteen PARTS OF THE BODY


1. to do something behind someone’s back делать что-то за чьей-то спиной
2. to make no bones about something называть вещи своими именами
3. to get something off one’s chest облегчить душу; чистосердечно признаться
в чем-либо
4. to be all ears обратиться в слух
5. to be an eye-opener открыть кому-либо глаза; быть сенсацией,
откровением, разочарованием
6. to have an eye for something внимательно следить за чем-либо; держать
ухо востро; смотреть в оба
7. to have something at one’s fingertips съесть собаку на чем-либо
8. to make one’s hair stand on end испугать так, что волосы встанут дыбом
9. to learn something by heart выучить что-либо наизусть
10. to pull someone’s leg вешать кому-либо лапшу на уши, пудрить
мозги
11. to have something on the tip of one’s tongue вертеться на языке; иметь на кончике языка

195
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

12. to stick one’s neck out высовываться; лезть на рожон; ставить


себя под удар
13. to be getting out of hand отбиться от рук
14. to split hairs придираться, вдаваться в тонкости,
спорить по пустякам, "ловить блох"
15. to have a chip on one’s shoulder быть чрезмерно чувствительным насчет
чего-либо

Lesson sixteen COLOURS


1. to beat somebody black and blue живого места не оставить
2. to feel blue быть подавленным
3. to have green fingers уметь разводить растения
4. to be green быть наивным, неопытным
5. to be in the red быть должником
6. to be in the black быть платежеспособным
7. a blackout провал памяти; временная потеря сознания
8. out of the blue как гром среди ясного неба
9. a white lie безобидная ложь
10. white coffee кофе с молоком
11. to see something through rose-coloured видеть что-либо в розовом свете; смотреть
на что-либо сквозь розовые очки
12. to paint the town red загулять в городе
13. to see the red light предчувствовать приближение опасности
14. to put out the red carpet (for someone) принять кого-либо с почетом
15. a red herring ложный маневр; "копченая селедка"; вопрос,
уводящий в сторону от главной темы

Lesson seventeen COMPARISON


1. as bold as a lion храбрый как лев
2. as brittle as glass хрупкий как стекло
3. as busy as a bee трудолюбивый как пчела
4. as changeable as the weather изменчивый как погода
5. as cool as a cucumber невозмутимый; хладнокровный
6. as cunning as a fox хитрый как лиса
7. as different as chalk and cheese ничего общего
8. as easy as abc простой как дважды два
9. as fit as a fiddle как огурчик
10. as firm as a rock твердый как скала
11. as good as gold золото, а не человек (ребенок)
12. as light as a feather легкий как перышко
13. as like as two peas in a pod похожи как две капли воды
14. as poor as a church mouse бедный как церковная мышь
15. as quick as lightning быстрый как молния

Lesson eighteen BINOMINALS


1. odds and ends всякая всячина, остатки
2. give and take компромисс; взаимные уступки
3. part and parcel неотъемлемая часть
4. to go to rack and ruin обветшать; развалиться
5. to be prim and proper официальный

196
Idioms Parts 1 & 2 / Glossary

6. to be rough and ready сделанный кое-как


7. to pick and choose быть разборчивым; иметь большой выбор
8. leaps and bounds семимильными шагами; скачками
9. peace and quiet тишь да гладь; тишина и покой
10. here and there изредка; там и сям; везде и повсюду
11. on and off время от времени, периодически
12. back and forth туда и сюда; туда и обратно
13. down and out бедняк; нищий; опустившийся человек;
разоренный; потерявший все
14. up and down полностью; туда и сюда
15. back to front шиворот-навыворот; задом наперед

Lesson nineteen SHORT IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS


1. How come? Как же так? Как это вышло?
2. How’s that? Как так получилось? Почему?
3. So what? Ну и что?
4. What’s up? Как дела? Что слышно?
5. What of it? Что из того?
6. What if…? Что, если...?
7. Come on! Давай! Ну! Живей! Да ладно тебе!
8. No way! / In no way! Ни в коем случае.
9. It’s (That’s) too bad! Вот беда! Очень жаль.
10. Time’s up. срок истек; время вышло
11. Time flies. время бежит
12. Take it easy. не бери в голову; не принимай близко к
сердцу; относись спокойно; расслабься;
смотри на вещи проще!
13. So long! Пока! До свидания!
14. Go ahead! Начинай! Продолжай!
15. Never mind! не обращайте внимания; ничего; пустяки
16. Cheers! На здоровье! Будь здоров!
17. And so on / forth. и так далее; и тому подобное
18. It’s no good. бесполезно; нет смысла
19. Good heavens! Боже мой! мать честная!
20. Bless you! Будьте здоровы!

Lesson twenty PROVERBS


Actions speak louder than words. Не по словам судят, а по делам.
All’s well that ends well. Все хорошо, что хорошо кончается.
All that glitters is not gold. Не всё то золото, что блестит.
A bad workman always blames his tools. У плохого мастера и пила плохая; плохой
работник с инструментами не в ладу.
Barking dogs seldom bite. Брехливые собаки не кусаются.
Better late than never. Лучше поздно, чем никогда.
A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Лучше синица в руках, чем журавль в небе.
Don’t count your chickens before they hatch. Не дели шкуру не убитого медведя.
Don’t put all your eggs into one basket. На один гвоздь всего не вешай; не ставь
всего на одну карту.
Don’t put the cart before the horse. Не ставь телегу впереди лошади.
The early bird catches the worm. Ранняя пташка носок прочищает, а поздняя
глазки продирает; кто рано встаёт, тому
бог даёт.
197
Honesty is the best policy. Честность - лучшая политика.
It’s no use crying over spilt milk. Слезами горю не поможешь; снявши голову,
по волосам не плачут.
It never rains but it pours. Лиха беда начало; несчастья ходят парами.
Make hay while the sun shines / strike while the Куй железо, пока горячо; коси коса, пока
iron is hot. роса.
Necessity is the mother of invention. Необходимость - мать изобретательности;
голь на выдумки хитра; нужда всему научит.
No gain without pain. Без труда не вынешь и рыбку из пруда;
волков бояться - в лес не ходить.
No news is good news. Отсутствие вестей - хорошая весть.
Practice makes perfect. Навык мастера ставит; повторение - мать
ученья.
The road to hell is paved with good intentions. благими намерениями вымощена дорога в ад.
Rome was not built in a day. Москва не сразу строилась.
Too many cooks spoil the broth. У семи нянек дитя без глазу.
You can’t have your cake and eat it Нельзя иметь и то и другое; приходится
выбирать одно из двух.

198
English Vocabulary
4. Phrasal Verbs in Situations
Lesson one Phrasal verbs with OUT
Exercise one ♪1
Listen to the explanations.

■ finishing or stopping
to run out (of supplies, time) to have no more
to cut out (of a motor) to stop suddenly
to put out (a fire, a light) to cause to stop burning
to turn sb out to force to leave, to send away
to go out (of a fire, a light) to stop burning or shining
to work out (an answer) to find by reasoning or calculating

■ performing or fulfilling
to carry out (an action, a duty) to perform or complete

■ spreading
to give out to distribute
to spread out to cover or include a greater area

Exercise two ♪2
Listen to the text.

A rescue action was carried out with difficulty when an old barn caught fire in a small village
near Norfolk. The problems started when one of the two fire engines ran out of petrol on the
way to the farm and the engine cut out 200 metres from the burning building. Moreover, the
foam had been given out to the firemen on the previous day and they didn’t have enough to
fight the fire. The time was running out by the time the firemen worked out what to do but in
spite of all difficulties they put the fire out. However, after the action their chief was turned
out. He lost his job as he had failed to carry out his duties properly. Actually, if the fire
hadn’t gone out in time, it would have spread out and the whole farm would have been burnt
to the ground.

Exercise three ♪3
Listen and repeat.

- A rescue action was carried out with difficulty.


- The two fire engines ran out of petrol on the way to the farm.
- The engine cut out 200 metres from the burning building.
- The foam had been given out to the firemen.

199
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

- The time was running out.


- The firemen worked out what to do and put the fire out.
- After the action their chief was turned out.
- He failed to carry out his duties properly.
- The fire went out in time and it didn’t spread out.

Exercise four ♪4
Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs.

- What did the fire brigade do when the old barn caught fire?
- ….
They carried out a rescue action.

- Why did the fire engine stop?


- …
Because it ran out of fuel.

- How far from the burning building did it stop?


- ….
The engine cut out 200 metres away from the fire.

- Why didn’t the firemen have enough foam?


- ….
Because it had been given out on the previous day.

- Did they have enough time?


- …
No, the time was running out.

- Did they stop the fire in spite of all difficulties?


- …
Yes, they finally put it out.

- Who was fired after the action?


- …
The chief was turned out.

- Why did he lose his job?


- ….
Because he didn’t carry out his duties.

- Did the fire stop in time?


- …
Yes, it went out in time.

- Did the fire reach the whole farm?


- …
No, it didn’t spread out.

200
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson two Phrasal verbs with OUT

Exercise one ♪5
Listen to the explanations.

■ starting, appearing
to turn out to gather for a meeting, a public event
to come out to appear
to set out to begin a journey
to break out (of a war, a fight) to begin
to bring out (a product) to introduce for sale

■ making known
to give out (a date, news) to announce
to turn out to happen to be in the end
to put out (a statement, a warning) to produce, broadcast or print; to issue
to come out (of the truth) to become clear or publicly known
to find out to discover

Exercise two ♪6
Listen to the text.

A lot of people turned out at the Olympic Stadium to watch the Football League match where
many famous football stars came out to play every season. So when the date of the final
match was given out by the Football Union, the spectators set out early in the morning to get
the tickets. However, because of the great interest in the match it soon turned out that there
were no tickets left.
On the day of the Final, all the supporters were very excited. But when their team lost the
match, street fights broke out. Consequently, the authorities put out a statement that all
participants of the riots would be severely punished. A few months before, a new security
system had been brought out on the market and then the authorities had decided to install it
at the stadium. Thus, soon after watching the tapes the whole truth about the fights came out
and the police quickly found out the vandals’ names.

Exercise three ♪7
Listen and repeat.

- A lot of people turned out at the Olympic Stadium.


- Many famous football stars came out to play every season.
- The date of the final match was given out by the Football Union.
- The spectators set out early in the morning to get the tickets.
- It soon turned out that there were no tickets left.
- After the match street fights broke out.

201
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

- Consequently, the authorities put out a statement.


- A new security system was brought out on the market.
- The whole truth about the fights came out.
- The police quickly found out the vandals’ names.

Exercise four ♪8
Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs.

- Where did the people come to watch the Football League match?
- ….
They turned out at the Olympic Stadium.

- How often did the football stars appear?


- …
They came out to play every season.

- Who announced the date of the Final?


- …
It was given out by the Football Union.

- Why did the spectators leave early in the morning?


- …
They set out early to buy the tickets.

- What soon appeared?


- …
It turned out that there were no tickets left.

- What started after the Final?


- ….
Street fights broke out.

- What did the authorities broadcast then?


- ….
They put out a statement.

- What system had been introduced on the market a few months before?
- ….
A new security system had been brought out.

- Did they know the truth about the participants soon?


- ….
Yes, it came out very quickly.

- What did the police discover?


- …
They found out the vandals’ names.

202
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson three Phrasal verbs with OFF

Exercise one ♪9
Listen to the explanations.

■ disconnecting or not working properly


to go off to stop operating
to give off (a smell, gas) to emit
to break off (of a part) to become separated from
to cut off to disconnect or discontinue

■ leaving
to take off to have a holiday from work
to set off to begin a journey
to see sb off to go to an airport, a station with someone
who is beginning a journey
to take off (of a plane) to leave the ground and rise

■ discouraging or stopping
to put sb off to discourage
to wear off (of a feeling) to become less strong or to be reduced until
it disappears

■ completing successfully
to come off (of a plan) to succeed
to carry off (a part, an action, a duty) to perform easily and successfully

Exercise two ♪10


Listen to the text.
After long and nervous negotiations with one of her most demanding clients, Ann decided she
needed to rest and take off for a few days somewhere. Her boss tried to put her off this idea
because there was a lot of work to do as usual but Ann didn’t want to change her mind. She
set off for a three-day trip to a Pacific island the next day. Her flatmate saw her off at the
airport to wave goodbye and wish her a pleasant journey.
When the plane took off, she felt very relaxed and she was sure her holiday was going to
come off as planned. However, after a few hours, due to some failure of the electrical system,
one of the engines was cut off, and the lights went off in the passenger cabin. To make it
worse, after a few minutes the electric wires started to give off a smell of burning plastic and
everybody began to panic.
As a result, they had to land on the nearest island, hoping that the captain would be able to
carry the landing off successfully. While landing, one of the wings almost broke off and the
radio system went off completely so it seemed that they would be cut off on this small island
longer than she had expected. Having realised that, Ann’s enthusiasm for spending her
holiday away from home completely wore off.
203
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise three ♪11


Listen and repeat.

- Ann decided she needed to rest and take off for a few days.
- Her boss tried to put her off this idea.
- She set off for a three-day trip to a Pacific island.
- Her flatmate saw her off at the airport to wave goodbye.
- When the plane took off, she felt very relaxed.
- Her holiday was going to come off as planned.
- One of the engines was cut off.
- The lights went off in the passenger cabin.
- The electric wires started to give off a smell of burning plastic.
- The captain was able to carry the landing off successfully.
- One of the wings almost broke off.
- The radio system went off completely.
- They were cut off on this small island.
- Ann’s enthusiasm for spending her holiday away from home completely wore off.

Exercise four ♪12


Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs. Answer the questions about the
text using phrasal verbs.

- Did Ann decide to have a long or short holiday after the negotiations?
- ….
She decided to take a few days off.

- Why did her boss try to discourage her?


- ….
He tried to put her off because there was a lot of work to do.

- When did she start her journey?


- ….
She set off the next day.

- Who went with Ann to the airport to wish her a pleasant journey?
- ….
Her flatmate saw her off.

- When did she feel relaxed?


- ….
She felt relaxed when the plane took off.

- What happened with one of the engines after a few hours?


- ….
It was cut off.

204
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

- What was the problem with the lights in the passenger cabin?
- ….
They went off.

- What smell did the electric wires emit?


- ….
They gave off a smell of burning plastic.

- Did they manage to land?


- ….
Yes, the captain carried off the landing successfully.

- What happened with the wing during the landing?


- ….
It almost broke off.

- Did they have any radio contact with air traffic control?
- ….
No, the radio system went off completely and they were cut off.

- Was Ann still enthusiastic about spending her holiday away from home?
- ….
No, her enthusiasm wore off.

205
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson four Phrasal verbs with THROUGH

Exercise one ♪13


Listen to the explanations.

■ overcoming difficulty or danger


to break through to make a new advance or discovery
to get through (a test, an exam) to come successfully to the end of
to go through (sth unpleasant) to experience, to endure
to carry sth through to bring to a successful end
to come through (an operation) to survive
to bring sb through to save someone who is ill

■ quick repetition, revision or checking


to look through to examine, to study
to come through (of news, results) to become publicly known

Exercise two ♪14


Listen to the text.

When I was looking through the morning paper yesterday, I noticed that some astonishing
news had just come through. The scientists had broken through in their search for a cure for
bone cancer. They managed to get through the clinical tests and although they encountered
some problems with the registration they hoped to carry it through in spite of difficulties.

Another interesting story was about a young girl who luckily came through a very difficult
operation after losing a lot of blood in an accident. A five-year old girl went through some
painful tests and everybody admired her bravery. Although the chances of her recovery were
not very great, the doctors managed to bring her through after the long and exhausting
operation.

Exercise three ♪15


Listen and repeat.

- I was looking through the morning paper yesterday.


- Some astonishing news had just come through.
- The scientists had broken through in their search.
- They managed to get through the clinical tests.
- They hoped to carry through the registration of the cure.
- A young girl luckily came through a very difficult operation.
- She went through some painful tests.
- The doctors managed to bring her through after the operation.

206
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four ♪16


Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs.

- What did he read quickly in the morning?


- …
He looked through the morning paper.

- What news had just become known?


- ….
The news about a cure for cancer had just come through.

- Did the scientists achieve success in their search?


- ….
Yes, they broke through in their search.

- What did they finish?


- ….
They got through the clinical tests.

- Did they complete the registration of the cure?


- …
No, but they hoped to carry it through.

- Did the girl survive the operation after the accident?


- ….
Yes, she came through the operation luckily.

- Why did everybody admire her bravery?


- ….
Because she went through some painful tests.

- Did the doctors manage to save the girl?


- ….
They brought her through the operation.

207
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson five Phrasal verbs with INTO

Exercise one ♪17


Listen to the explanations.

■ unexpected changes
to grow into to become as a result of growing
to come into (a fortune) to inherit
to get into sb to influence someone so as make them act
strangely
to run into sb to meet unexpectedly
to run into sth to get into an unpleasant or difficult situation
to turn into to change into

■ intentional forceful behaviour


to break into to enter by force

■ careful consideration
to look into (evidence) to investigate

Exercise two ♪18


Listen to the text.

Mr Lucky grew into a fine young man. Moreover, he became very rich when he came into
quite a big fortune from his grandmother. Everybody admired him when one day something
bad got into him. He decided to break into his neighbours’ house. Unfortunately, when
leaving the house with some pretty valuable jewels he ran into a policeman outside the back
door and in fact he ran into trouble. He was arrested and when the police looked into the
evidence carefully he was accused of burglary. As a result, instead of being a millionaire Mr
Lucky turned into an unlucky criminal.

Exercise three ♪19


Listen and repeat.

- Mr Lucky grew into a fine young man.


- He came into quite a big fortune from his grandmother.
- One day something bad got into him.
- He decided to break into his neighbours’ house,
- He ran into a policeman outside the back door.
- In fact he ran into trouble.
- The police looked into the evidence carefully.
- Mr Lucky turned into an unlucky criminal.

208
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four ♪20


Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs.

- What kind of man did Mr Lucky become?


- …
He grew into a fine, young man.

- Did he inherit a lot of money from his grandma?


- ….
Yes, he came into a big fortune.

- What made him act strangely one day?


- …
Something bad got into him.

- Where did he steal jewels from?


- ….
He broke into his neighbours’ house.

- Whom did he meet unexpectedly when leaving the house?


- …
He ran into a policeman.

- What did the police examine carefully?


- …
They looked into the evidence.

- Who did Mr Lucky change into?


- …..
He turned into an unlucky criminal.

209
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson six Phrasal verbs with OVER

Exercise one ♪21


Listen to the explanations.

■ finishing
to turn sth over to sb to give the control or conduct of sth to somebody
to take over (a business) to gain control over sth
to be over to be finished
to come over (of a feeling) to take possession of

■ overcoming difficulties
to get over (a difficulty) to overcome

■ reviewing or checking
to look over to examine esp. quickly
to go over to check

Exercise two ♪22


Listen to the text.

A sudden feeling of tiredness came over him after 40 years of hard work and he decided to
turn over the family business to his sons. Some time ago a big company had threatened to
take over his small business but he happily got over the difficulties in time and the danger
was already over.
For the last time in his life he looked over the documents on the desk, went over the latest
accounts to check if everything was OK, and then left the office glad of the decision he had
made.

Exercise three ♪23


Listen and repeat.

- A sudden feeling of tiredness came over him.


- He decided to turn over the family business to his sons.
- A big company threatened to take over his small business.
- He happily got over the difficulties in time.
- The danger was already over.
- He looked over the documents on the desk.
- He went over the latest accounts.

210
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four ♪24


Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs.

- What kind of feeling did he have after 40 years of hard work?


- …
A feeling of tiredness came over him.

- What did he decide to do with the family business?


- …
He decided to turn it over to his sons.

- Who had wanted to gain control over his company some time ago?
- ….
A big company had threatened to take over his small business.

- Did he manage to overcome the difficulties?


- ….
Yes, he happily got over the difficulties in time.

- Was the situation still dangerous?


- …
No, the danger was already over.

- What did he examine quickly before leaving the office?


- …
He looked over the documents on the desk.

- What did he check?


- ….
He went over the latest accounts.

211
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson seven Phrasal verbs with UP

Exercise one ♪25


Listen to the explanations.

■ increasing
to go up (of prices, numbers) to rise, to increase
to grow up to develop from being a child to being an adult

■ appearing or creating
to work up (a feeling) to develop
to come up to appear
to draw up (a plan, a contract) to prepare and usually put into written form
to build up (a list) to increase or become gradually larger
to look up (information) to find information in a book
to turn up (of a problem) to happen, esp. unexpectedly
to come up with (a solution) to think of

■ starting
to set up (a business) to establish
to take up (a hobby) to interest oneself in sth

Exercise two ♪26


Listen to the text.

As the prices of fruit had gone up enormously in the last months, they decided to set up a
profitable business. They worked up a lot of enthusiasm for the idea when all the promising
numbers came up in the conversation. They drew up a plan of distribution, built up a list of
possible contacts and looked up all the necessary information in the books. Everything
seemed easy when an unexpected problem turned up. According to the law you have to be a
grown-up to have a business in this country. As they were still too young and could not come
up with any solution for the time being, they were advised to take up a hobby instead.

Exercise three ♪27


Listen and repeat.
- The prices of fruit went up enormously in the last months.
- They decided to set up a profitable business.
- They worked up a lot of enthusiasm for the idea.
- The promising numbers came up in the conversation.
- They drew up a plan of distribution.
- They built up a list of possible contacts.
- They looked up all the necessary information in the books.

212
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

- An unexpected problem turned up.


- You have to be a grown-up to have a business in this country.
- They could not come up with any solution.
- They were advised to take up a hobby instead.

Exercise four ♪28


Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs.

- What prices had risen enormously in the last months?


- …
The prices of fruit had gone up.

- Were they enthusiastic about the idea of starting a business?


- ….
Yes, they worked up a lot of enthusiasm for it.

- Did they decide to start a company?


- ….
Yes, they wanted to set up a profitable business.

- What plans did they design?


- ….
They drew up a plan of distribution

- What list did they prepare?


- ….
They built up a list of possible contacts.

- Where did they find all the necessary information?


- ….
They looked it up in the books.

- Did a problem appear suddenly?


- ….
Yes, it turned up unexpectedly.

- What does the law say about the age of people who want to have a business?
- ….
They have to be grown up.

- Could they think of any solution?


- ….
No, they couldn’t come up with any idea.

- What were they advised to do instead?


- ….
They were advised to take up a hobby.

213
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson eight Phrasal verbs with UP

Exercise one ♪29


Listen to the explanations.

■ finishing or stopping
to break up (of a relationship) to stop being together
to use up to finish completely
to bring up (children) to educate and care for
to grow up (of children) to develop from being a child to
being an adult
to give up (a relationship) to finish
to end up to be in the end

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant


to come up against (a problem, a difficulty) to meet, to encounter
to face up to to be brave enough to accept or deal
with sth
to put up with to tolerate, to bear patiently
to live up to (expectations) to keep to the high standards of

Exercise two ♪30


Listen to the text.

After twenty years, their marriage was about to break up. They had come up against many
different problems in life but they had never shared responsibility together and so she had
had to face up to all the difficulties alone. She had put up with his ignorance for years but
she used up all her patience when he accused her of bringing up the children in the wrong
way and said that her behaviour had never lived up to his expectations. Now that the children
had grown up, nothing would stop her and she decided to give up. She hadn’t expected that
after so many years together they would end up as complete strangers.

Exercise three ♪31


Listen and repeat.

- Their marriage was about to break up.


- They came up against many different problems in life.
- She had to face up to all the difficulties alone.
- She put up with his ignorance for years.
- She used up all her patience.
- He accused her of bringing up the children in the wrong way.
- Her behaviour never lived up to his expectations.
- The children grew up.

214
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

- She decided to give up.


- They ended up as complete strangers.

Exercise four ♪32

- Was their marriage about to come to an end?


- ….
Yes, it was about to break up.

- What problems did they encounter in life?


- ….
They came up against different problems.

- Who was responsible enough to deal with the problems?


- ….
She faced up to all the problems alone.

- Did she tolerate his ignorance?


- ….
Yes, she put up with it for years.

- Did she lose her patience completely?


- ….
Yes, she used it up.

- Who cared for the children?


- ….
She brought them up.

- Was her behaviour good enough for him?


- ….
No, it had never lived up to his expectations.

- Did their children become adults?


- ….
Yes, they grew up.

- Did she decide to stop the relationship?


- ….
Yes, she decided to give up.

- Who did they become to each other in the end?


- ….
They ended up as complete strangers.

215
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson nine Phrasal verbs with DOWN

Exercise one ♪33


Listen to the explanations.

■ decreasing
to calm down to make or become calm

■ failing to satisfy
to fall down (of a plan) to fail or be ineffective
to get sb down to depress
to let sb down to disappoint
to break down to lose control of one’s feelings

■ rejecting
to turn down (a request, an offer) to reject

■ criticizing
to come down on sb to criticise, to punish or speak with severe
disapproval
to look down on sb to consider oneself superior to
to run sb down to say rude or unfair things about

Exercise two ♪34


Listen to the text.

When the client turned down the offer and the sales plan seemed to be falling down definitely
at that moment, the situation started to get Rebecca down. This feeling of nervousness got
even bigger when the manager came down on her criticising the methods of her work and
claiming that the sales numbers had really let him down. Rebecca was about to break down
completely when her friend explained that the manager was that kind of man who always
looked down on people to show his superiority. He liked running others down and saying
unfair things about their work simply to demonstrate his power. The moment Rebecca
realised that, she managed to calm down and stopped worrying so much.

Exercise three ♪35


Listen and repeat.

- The client turned down the offer.


- The sales plan seemed to be falling down definitely.
- The situation started to get Rebecca down.
- The manager came down on her criticising the methods of her work.
- The sales numbers had really let him down.

216
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

- Rebecca was about to break down completely.


- The manager always looked down on people to show his superiority.
- He liked running others down.
- She managed to calm down and stopped worrying so much.

Exercise four ♪36


- What did the client reject?
- ….
The client turned down the offer.

- Did the sales plan seem to fail?


- …
Yes, it seemed to be falling down definitely.

- Did this nervous situation have a bad effect on Rebecca?


- ….
Yes, the situation started to get her down.

- Did the manager criticise the methods of her work?


- ….
The manager came down on her.

- What did he claim he was disappointed with?


- ….
He claimed that the sales numbers had let him down.

- Did she feel depressed?


- ….
Yes, she was about to break down completely.

- Did the manager feel superior to others?


- ….
Yes, he always looked down on people.

- Did the manager say unfair things about others’ work?


- ….
Yes, he liked running people down.

- Did Rebecca stop worrying so much after she talked with her friend?
- ….
Yes, she managed to calm down.

217
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson ten Phrasal verbs with AWAY

Exercise one ♪37


Listen to the explanations.

■ leaving or escaping
to get away to manage to escape
to go away to leave a place
to run away to escape
to be carried away to be filled with a strong feeling or emotions

■ losing or not having any more


to throw away to get rid of
to give away to give freely
to fade away to disappear gradually
to turn away to refuse to let in

Exercise two ♪38


Listen to the text.

A famous film star decided to get away from the city and bought a small farm in the country.
She threw away all her unnecessary things, gave away her furniture to the poor and went
away for good without leaving her new address. She was really carried away by the idea of a
simple and happy life away from the centre. This feeling of excitement didn’t fade away even
when the journalists appeared at the studio to ask some questions about her new life. She
turned them away not even trying to have a word with them and when they tried to follow her
to the new house she managed to run away in her Ferrari.

Exercise three ♪39


Listen and repeat.

- A famous film star decided to get away from the city.


- She threw away all her unnecessary things.
- She gave away her furniture to the poor.
- She went away for good without leaving her new address.
- She was really carried away by the idea of a simple and happy life.
- This feeling of excitement didn’t fade away.
- She turned the journalists away.
- She managed to run away in her Ferrari.

218
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four ♪40


Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs.

- Did a famous film star decide to escape from the city?


- ….
Yes, she decided to get away.

- What did she do with all her unnecessary things?


- ….
She threw them away.

- Who was given the furniture?


- ….
She gave away the furniture to the poor.

- Did she leave for a few days or for a longer period of time?
- ….
She went away for good.

- Was she excited with the idea of a simple and happy life?
- …
Yes, she was carried away by this idea.

- Did the feeling of excitement lessen when the journalists appear?


- …
No, it didn’t fade away.

- Did she have a word with them?


- ….
No, she turned them away.

- What did she do when they tried to follow her to the new house?
- ….
She ran away in her Ferrari.

219
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON

Exercise one ♪41


Listen to the explanations.

■ continuing
to carry on to continue
to get on (well) with sb to have a friendly relationship

■ showing gradual changes


to get on (of a person) to become old
to put on (weight) to increase in weight and grow fatter
to grow on sb to become gradually more pleasing

■ starting
to try on (clothes) to put on a garment to see whether it fits and
looks well
to take on sb to start to employ
to bring sth on/upon sb to cause sth unpleasant to happen to

Exercise two ♪42


Listen to the text.

When she had been young she was always slim and fit. However, as she was getting on she
started to put on weight easily, which made her angry especially when she tried on new
clothes in the shops. To do something about this, she decided to go on a special vegetable diet
and take on a fitness instructor. They carried on exercising every day and it didn’t take long
until these classes grew on her and she became gradually more and more pleased with the
effects. As she got on well with the instructor they spent a lot of time together and soon they
brought a lot of gossip on themselves.

Exercise three ♪43


Listen and repeat.

- As she was getting on she started to put on weight easily.


- She tried on new clothes in the shops.
- She took on a fitness instructor.
- They carried on exercising every day.
- These classes grew on her and she became more and more pleased with the effects.
- She got on well with the instructor.
- Soon they brought a lot of gossip on themselves.

220
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four ♪44


- What did she gain easily as she was getting older?
- ….
She put on weight as she was getting on.

- When did she get angry about her weight?


- ….
When she tried on new clothes in the shops.

- Whom did she employ?


- ….
She took on a fitness instructor.

- What did they continue every day?


- ….
They carried on exercising.

- Did she start liking these classes soon?


- ….
Yes, they soon grew on her.

- Did they have a good relationship with the instructor?


- ….
Yes, they got on well.

- What did they cause by spending a lot of time together?


- ….
They brought a lot of gossip on themselves.

221
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK

Exercise one ♪45


Listen to the explanations.

■ recollecting
to look back to remember
to bring back (memories) to cause to remember
to come back to sb to return to the memory

■ returning
to get back to obtain again after a loss
to go back to return to a former place
to give back to return sth to its owner

■ delaying or withdrawing
to take back to admit that one was wrong in what one said
to set sth back to delay the development of

Exercise two ♪46


Listen to the text.

When I look back on my childhood I realise how happy we were at those times. All these old
photographs and souvenirs bring back cheerful memories with no serious problems. It was
easy to take back anything you said if you were wrong. It wasn’t even a problem to get your
friends back after having fights and arguments as nobody treated them seriously. Nothing
could really set your plans back if you didn’t want it to. If your attempt didn’t appear to be
successful you could always go back and try again. If you needed something you didn’t
possess you could easily borrow it and then give it back. And now when I think of these events
and it all comes back to me, I feel very nostalgic.

Exercise three ♪47


Listen and repeat.

- When I look back on my childhood I realise how happy we were.


- All these old photographs bring back cheerful memories.
- It was easy to take back anything you said.
- It wasn’t even a problem to get your friends back after having fights.
- Nothing could really set your plans back.
- You could always go back and try again.
- You could easily borrow things and then give them back.
- And now when it all comes back to me, I feel very nostalgic.

222
Phrasal Verbs in Situations

Exercise four ♪48


Answer the questions about the text using phrasal verbs.

- What do you remember as the happy time of your life?


- ….
I look back on my childhood.

- What memories do the old photos return to your mind?


- ….
They bring back cheerful memories.

- Was it easy to admit that you were wrong?


- ….
Yes, it was easy to take everything back.

- Was it a problem to become friends again after having arguments?


- …
No, it wasn’t a problem to get them back.

- Could anything delay or stop your plans?


- ….
Nothing could set them back.

- What could you do if your attempt didn’t appear to be successful?


- ….
You could always go back and try again.

- Did you return the possessions to their owners after borrowing them?
- ….
Yes, you gave them back.

- Do these events return to your memory?


- ….
Yes, they come back to me.

223
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Glossaire

Lesson one Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ finishing or stopping
to run out (of supplies, time) to have no more être à court de
to cut out (of a motor) to stop suddenly s’arrêter
to put out (a fire, a light) to cause to stop burning éteindre
to turn sb out to force to leave, to send away licencier
to go out (of a fire, a light) to stop burning or shining s’éteindre
to work out (an answer) to find by reasoning or calculating imaginer

■ performing or fulfilling
to carry out (an action, a duty) to perform or complete mener, remplir

■ spreading
to give out to distribute distribuer
to spread out to cover or include a greater area s’étendre

Lesson two Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ starting, appearing
to turn out to gather for a meeting, a public apparaître
event
to come out to appear venir
to set out to begin a journey partir
to break out (of a war, a fight) to begin éclater
to bring out (a product) to introduce for sale sortir

■ making known
to give out (a date, news) to announce annoncer, divulguer
to turn out to happen to be in the end s’avérer, se révéler
to put out (a statement, a to produce, broadcast or print; to annoncer, émettre
warning) issue
to come out (of the truth) to become clear or publicly known sortir
to find out to discover découvrir

Lesson three Phrasal verbs with OFF


■ disconnecting or not working properly
to go off to stop operating arrêter de fonctionner,
s’éteindre
to give off (a smell, gas) to emit émettre
to break off (of a part) to become separated from tomber
to cut off to disconnect or discontinue couper

■ leaving
to take off to have a holiday from work prendre un congé
to set off to begin a journey partir en voyage

224
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to see sb off to go to an airport, a station with (r)accompagner


someone who is beginning a
journey
to take off (of a plane) to leave the ground and rise décoller
■ discouraging or stopping
to put sb off to discourage décourager
to wear off (of a feeling) to become less strong or to be se terminer
reduced until it disappears

■ completing successfully
to come off (of a plan) to succeed réussir
to carry off (a part, an action, to perform easily and mener à bi
a duty) successfully

Lesson four Phrasal verbs with THROUGH


■ overcoming difficulty or danger
to break through to make a new advance or faire une découverte
discovery
to get through (a test, an exam) to come successfully to the end of passer, réussir
to go through (sth unpleasant) to experience, to endure passer par
to carry sth through to bring to a successful end mener à bien
to come through (an operation) to survive survivre
to bring sb through to save someone who is ill soigner, sauver

■ quick repetition, revision or checking


to look through to examine, to study donner un coup d’œil à,
parcourir
to come through (of news, to become publicly known apparaître
results)

Lesson five Phrasal verbs with INTO


■ unexpected changes
to grow into to become as a result of growing se transformer en, devenir
to come into (a fortune) to inherit hériter de
to get into sb to influence someone so as make rentier dans
them act strangely
to run into sb to meet unexpectedly tomber sur
to run into sth to get into an unpleasant or difficult se heurter a des problèmes
situation
to turn into to change into se transformer en

■ intentional forceful behaviour


to break into to enter by force s’introduire dans

■ careful consideration
to look into (evidence) to investigate examiner

225
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson six Phrasal verbs with OVER


■ finishing
to turn sth over to sb to give the control or conduct of sth remettre à
to somebody
to take over (a business) to gain control over sth prendre le contrôle de
to be over to be finished se terminer
to come over (of a feeling) to take possession of surmonter
■ overcoming difficulties
to get over (a difficulty) to overcome vaincre, se remettre de

■ reviewing or checking
to look over to examine esp. quickly étudier
to go over to check examiner

Lesson seven Phrasal verbs with UP


■ increasing
to go up (of prices, numbers) to rise, to increase augmenter
to grow up to develop from being a child to grandir
being an adult

■ appearing or creating
to work up (a feeling) to develop éprouver
to come up to appear apparaître
to draw up (a plan, a contract) to prepare and usually put into créer, tracer
written form
to build up (a list) to increase or become gradually créer, étendre
larger
to look up (information) to find information in a book vérifier, trouver
to turn up (of a problem) to happen, esp. unexpectedly surgir, arriver
to come up with (a solution) to think of trouver, imaginer
■ starting
to set up (a business) to establish monter
to take up (a hobby) to interest oneself in sth commencer à

Lesson eight Phrasal verbs with UP


■ finishing or stopping
to break up (of a relationship) to stop being together finir
to use up to finish completely utiliser entièrement
to bring up (children) to educate and care for éduquer
to grow up (of children) to develop from being a child to grandir, mûrir
being an adult
to give up (a relationship) to finish laisser tomber
to end up to be in the end finir comme

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant


to come up against (a problem, a to meet, to encounter se heurter à
difficulty)
226
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to face up to to be brave enough to accept or affronter


deal with sth
to put up with to tolerate, to bear patiently supporter, tolérer
to live up to (expectations) to keep to the high standards of être à la hauteur de

Lesson nine Phrasal verbs with DOWN


■ decreasing
to calm down to make or become calm se calmer

■ failing to satisfy
to fall down (of a plan) to fail or be ineffective échouer
to get sb down to depress déprimer quelqu’un
to let sb down to disappoint décevoir quelqu’un
to break down to lose control of one’s feelings être déprimé

■ rejecting
to turn down (a request, an offer) to reject refuser

■ criticizing
to come down on sb to criticise, to punish or speak with s’en prendre à quelqu’un
severe disapproval
to look down on sb to consider oneself superior to prendre quelqu’un de haut
to run sb down to say rude or unfair things about critiquer

Lesson ten Phrasal verbs with AWAY


■ leaving or escaping
to get away to manage to escape s’enfuir
to go away to leave a place partir
to run away to escape fuir
to be carried away to be filled with a strong feeling or être obnubilé par
emotions

■ losing or not having any more


to throw away to get rid of jeter
to give away to give freely se débarasser de
to fade away to disappear gradually disparaître
to turn away to refuse to let in renvoyer, ne pas laisser
entrer

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON


■ continuing
to carry on to continue continuer
to get on (well) with sb to have a friendly relationship bien s’entendre avec

■ showing gradual changes


to get on (of a person) to become old vieillir

227
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to put on (weight) to increase in weight and grow prendre du poids


fatter
to grow on sb to become gradually more pleasing commence à plaire à
quelqu’un

■ starting
to try on (clothes) to put on a garment to see whether essayer
it fits and looks well
to take on sb to start to employ embaucher
to bring sth on/upon sb to cause sth unpleasant to happen amener quelque chose à
to quelqu’un

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK


■ recollecting
to look back to remember se souvenir de
to bring back (memories) to cause to remember rappeler quelque chose
to come back to sb to return to the memory revenir à quelqu’un

■ returning
to get back to obtain again after a loss récupérer
to go back to return to a former place revenir
to give back to return sth to its owner rendre

■ delaying or withdrawing
to take back to admit that one was wrong in (se) retirer
what one said
to set sth back to delay the development of ralentir

228
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Wörterbuch

Lesson one Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ finishing or stopping
to run out (of supplies, time) to have no more zu Ende gehen
to cut out (of a motor) to stop suddenly (an)halten
to put out (a fire, a light) to cause to stop burning ausmachen
to turn sb out to force to leave, to send away entlassen
to go out (of a fire, a light) to stop burning or shining verlöschen
to work out (an answer) to find by reasoning or calculating sich ausdenken, ausarbeiten

■ performing or fulfilling
to carry out (an action, a duty) to perform or complete durchführen, erfüllen

■ spreading
to give out to distribute verteilen
to spread out to cover or include a greater area sich ausbreiten

Lesson two Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ starting, appearing
to turn out to gather for a meeting, a public erscheinen, sich sammeln
event
to come out to appear erscheinen
to set out to begin a journey aufbrechen
to break out (of a war, a fight) to begin beginnen (Krieg, Kampf)
to bring out (a product) to introduce for sale auf den Markt bringen (ein
Produkt)

■ making known
to give out (a date, news) to announce bekannt geben (ein Datum,
Nachrichten)
to turn out to happen to be in the end sich erweisen
to put out (a statement, a to produce, broadcast or print; to bekannt geben
warning) issue
to come out (of the truth) to become clear or publicly known aufkommen, zum Vorschein
kommen, bekannt werden
to find out to discover entdecken

Lesson three Phrasal verbs with OFF


■ disconnecting or not working properly
to go off to stop operating aufhören zu funktionieren,
ausgehen
to give off (a smell, gas) to emit ausstoßen
to break off (of a part) to become separated from abbrechen
to cut off to disconnect or discontinue abschneiden

229
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ leaving
to take off to have a holiday from work sich frei nehmen
to set off to begin a journey aufbrechen, sich auf den
Weg machen
to see sb off to go to an airport, a station with begleiten
someone who is beginning a
journey
to take off (of a plane) to leave the ground and rise starten

■ discouraging or stopping
to put sb off to discourage jmd. die Lust auf etwas
nehmen
to wear off (of a feeling) to become less strong or to be enden
reduced until it disappears

■ completing successfully
to come off (of a plan) to succeed gelingen
to carry off (a part, an action, to perform easily and Erfolg haben, gewinnen
a duty) successfully

Lesson four Phrasal verbs with THROUGH


■ overcoming difficulty or danger
to break through to make a new advance or entdecken
discovery
to get through (a test, an exam) to come successfully to the end of bestehen
to go through (sth unpleasant) to experience, to endure durchgehen, überstehen
to carry sth through to bring to a successful end bis zum Ende führen
to come through (an operation) to survive durchkomme überstehen
to bring sb through to save someone who is ill durchbringen, retten

■ quick repetition, revision or checking


to look through to examine, to study durchsehen
to come through (of news, to become publicly known erscheinen
results)

Lesson five Phrasal verbs with INTO


■ unexpected changes
to grow into to become as a result of growing werden
to come into (a fortune) to inherit vererben
to get into sb to influence someone so as make passieren, in etwas geraten,
them act strangely sich verändern (etwas ist in
jdn gefahren)
to run into sb to meet unexpectedly jdn. zufällig treffen,
zusammenstossen
to run into sth to get into an unpleasant or difficult in Schierigkeiten geraten
situation
to turn into to change into sich wandeln in

230
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ intentional forceful behaviour


to break into to enter by force einbrechen

■ careful consideration
to look into (evidence) to investigate in etwas hineinschauen,
prüfen

Lesson six Phrasal verbs with OVER


■ finishing
to turn sth over to sb to give the control or conduct of sth weitergeben, aushändigen
to somebody
to take over (a business) to gain control over sth übernehmen
to be over to be finished zu Ende sein
to come over (of a feeling) to take possession of überfallen (Gefühl)

■ overcoming difficulties
to get over (a difficulty) to overcome überwinden

■ reviewing or checking
to look over to examine esp. quickly durchsehen
to go over to check prüfen

Lesson seven Phrasal verbs with UP


■ increasing
to go up (of prices, numbers) to rise, to increase steigen
to grow up to develop from being a child to aufwachsen, groß werden
being an adult

■ appearing or creating
to work up (a feeling) to develop hereinfallen, verfallen
to come up to appear erscheinen, auftauchen
to draw up (a plan, a contract) to prepare and usually put into erstellen, niederschreiben
written form
to build up (a list) to increase or become gradually anlegen, aufbauen
larger
to look up (information) to find information in a book nachsehen, nachschlagen
to turn up (of a problem) to happen, esp. unexpectedly unerwartet erscheinen,
auftauchen
to come up with (a solution) to think of finden, sich etwas
ausdenken, einfallen lassen

■ starting
to set up (a business) to establish gründen
to take up (a hobby) to interest oneself in sth anfangen

231
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson eight Phrasal verbs with UP


■ finishing or stopping
to break up (of a relationship) to stop being together aufhören, beenden
to use up to finish completely verbrauchen
to bring up (children) to educate and care for erziehen
to grow up (of children) to develop from being a child to aufwachsen, heranwachsen,
being an adult groß werden
to give up (a relationship) to finish aufhören, beenden
to end up to be in the end als …enden, in …

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant


to come up against (a problem, a to meet, to encounter stoßen auf
difficulty)
to face up to to be brave enough to accept or sich … stellen
deal with sth
to put up with to tolerate, to bear patiently vertragen, tolerieren,
dulden
to live up to (expectations) to keep to the high standards of erfüllen (Erwartungen)

Lesson nine Phrasal verbs with DOWN


■ decreasing
to calm down to make or become calm sich beruhigen

■ failing to satisfy
to fall down (of a plan) to fail or be ineffective versagen, nicht gelingen
to get sb down to depress jdn. fertig machen,
deprimieren
to let sb down to disappoint jmdn. enttäuschen, jmdn.
im Stich lassen
to break down to lose control of one’s feelings zusammenbrechen

■ rejecting
to turn down (a request, an offer) to reject ablehnen, abweisen

■ criticizing
to come down on sb to criticise, to punish or speak with jdn. tadeln
severe disapproval
to look down on sb to consider oneself superior to auf jdn. herabschauen
to run sb down to say rude or unfair things about kritisieren

Lesson ten Phrasal verbs with AWAY


■ leaving or escaping
to get away to manage to escape davonkommen, wegkommen
to go away to leave a place verreisen, wegfahren
to run away to escape fliehen
to be carried away to be filled with a strong feeling or sich hinreisen lassen,
emotions hingerissen werden

232
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ losing or not having any more


to throw away to get rid of wegwerfen
to give away to give freely verteilen, weggeben
to fade away to disappear gradually verschwinden
to turn away to refuse to let in nicht herein lassen,
zurückweisen

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON


■ continuing
to carry on to continue fortsetzen
to get on (well) with sb to have a friendly relationship Gut mit jdm. auskommen

■ showing gradual changes


to get on (of a person) to become old alt werden
to put on (weight) to increase in weight and grow (an Gwicht) zunehmen
fatter
to grow on sb to become gradually more pleasing passen, gefallen

■ starting
to try on (clothes) to put on a garment to see whether anprobieren
it fits and looks well
to take on sb to start to employ beschäftigen
to bring sth on/upon sb to cause sth unpleasant to happen über jdn. bringen, jdm.
to zufügen

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK


■ recollecting
to look back to remember zurückblicken, zurücksehen
to bring back (memories) to cause to remember sich erinnern an etwas,
Erinnerungen zurückrufen
to come back to sb to return to the memory in den Sinn kommen

■ returning
to get back to obtain again after a loss wiedererlangen,
zurückbekommen
to go back to return to a former place zurückkommen,
zurückgehen
to give back to return sth to its owner zurückgeben

■ delaying or withdrawing
to take back to admit that one was wrong in zurücknehmen,
what one said
to set sth back to delay the development of aufhalten, behindern

233
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - 表表表

Lesson one Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ finishing or stopping
to run out (of supplies, to have no more (もの)を使い果たす、品物・時間など)を切
time) らす、((が)なくなる
to cut out (of a motor) to stop suddenly (エンジンなどが)止まる
to put out (a fire, a to cause to stop burning (明かり・火を)消す
light)
to turn sb out to force to leave, to send 解雇する、首にする
away
to go out (of a fire, a to stop burning or shining (灯火・火などが)消える
light)
to work out (an answer) to find by reasoning or 努力して理解する、解く
calculating

■ performing or fulfilling
to carry out (an action, to perform or complete (任務を)遂行する、実行する
a duty)

■ spreading
to give out to distribute 配る, 配布する
to spread out to cover or include a 広げる、普及する
greater area

Lesson two Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ starting, appearing
to turn out to gather for a meeting, 現れる、集まる
a public event
to come out to appear 世に出る、現われる
to set out to begin a journey 旅にたつ、出発する
to break out (of a war, a to begin (火事・戦争・暴動・流行病などが)突発する、
fight) 起こる
to bring out (a product) to introduce for sale (新製品などを)製造する、世に出す、売り出す

■ making known
to give out (a date, to announce 発表する
news)
to turn out to happen to be in the end 結局…と分かる、…結果をもたらす
to put out (a statement, to produce, broadcast or 発表する、発令する
a warning) print; to issue
to come out (of the to become clear or 知れる、分かる
truth) publicly known
to find out to discover 見つける、発見する

234
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson three Phrasal verbs with OFF


■ disconnecting or not working properly
to go off to stop operating (ガス・水道・電熱器などが)止まる、切れる
to give off (a smell, gas) to emit (蒸気・臭気・光などを)発する、放出する
to break off (of a part) to become separated from (ポキンと)折れる
to cut off to disconnect or (エンジンを)切る、(人を)切り離す
discontinue

■ leaving
to take off to have a holiday from 休みとして都合する、休みを取る
work
to set off to begin a journey 旅にたつ、出発する
to see sb off to go to an airport, a 見送る
station with someone who
is beginning a journey
to take off (of a plane) to leave the ground and rise 出発する、離陸する

■ discouraging or stopping
to put sb off to discourage (人の)意欲をなくさせる、気をそぐ
to wear off (of a feeling) to become less strong or to 弱まる、疲れる、終わる
be reduced until it
disappears

■ completing successfully
to come off (of a plan) to succeed 成功する、計画通りにできる
to carry off (a part, an to perform easily and うまく切り抜ける、うまく実行する
action, a duty) successfully

Lesson four Phrasal verbs with THROUGH


■ overcoming difficulty or danger
to break through to make a new advance or 突破口を切り開く
discovery
to get through (a test, an to come successfully to the (試験などに)合格する、(実験で)成功す
exam) end of る
to go through (sth to experience, to endure (苦難など)を経験する
unpleasant)
to carry sth through to bring to a successful end (仕事などを)やり通す、成し遂げる
to come through (an to survive (手術を)乗り越える
operation)
to bring sb through to save someone who is ill (人に困難・病気など)を乗り越えさせる

■ quick repetition, revision or checking


to look through to examine, to study 目を通す
to come through (of to become publicly known 出てくる、現われる
news, results)

235
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson five Phrasal verbs with INTO


■ unexpected changes
to grow into to become as a result of …に成長する
growing
to come into (a fortune) to inherit (財産・権利)を受け継ぐ
to get into sb to influence someone so as …考えが頭にとりつく
make them act strangely
to run into sb to meet unexpectedly (人)に偶然会う
to run into sth to get into an unpleasant or …の状態に陥る
difficult situation
to turn into to change into …に変化する、になる

■ intentional forceful behaviour


to break into to enter by force …に侵入(乱入)する

■ careful consideration
to look into (evidence) to investigate …を調べる、研究する

Lesson six Phrasal verbs with OVER


■ finishing
to turn sth over to sb to give the control or 引き渡す
conduct of sth to somebody
to take over (a business) to gain control over sth 乗っ取る
to be over to be finished 終わる
to come over (of a to take possession of 急に(…の感じに)なる
feeling)

■ overcoming difficulties
to get over (a difficulty) to overcome (障害・困難など)を乗り切る、乗り越える

■ reviewing or checking
to look over to examine esp. quickly 目を通す
to go over to check 入念に調べる

Lesson seven Phrasal verbs with UP


■ increasing
to go up (of prices, to rise, to increase (値段などが)上がる
numbers)
to grow up to develop from being a 伸びる、成長する、成人する
child to being an adult

■ appearing or creating
to work up (a feeling) to develop 熱狂する
to come up to appear 話題に上る

236
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to draw up (a plan, a to prepare and usually put (計画を)立てる、(文書を)作成する


contract) into written form
to build up (a list) to increase or become 築き上げる、作る
gradually larger
to look up (information) to find information in a (辞書を)ひく、調べる
book
to turn up (of a to happen, esp. (突然)現われる
problem) unexpectedly
to come up with (a to think of (問題の解決の案など)を示す、提案する
solution)

■ starting
to set up (a business) to establish (組織・事業などを)設立する、起こす
to take up (a hobby) to interest oneself in sth 取り上げる、始める(趣味など)

Lesson eight Phrasal verbs with UP


■ finishing or stopping
to break up (of a to stop being together (結婚)破綻する
relationship)
to use up to finish completely 使い果たす
to bring up (children) to educate and care for 成長させる、育てる
to grow up (of children) to develop from being a 成長する、成人する、大きくなる
child to being an adult
to give up (a to finish あきらめる、やめる
relationship)
to end up to be in the end (最後には)…に終わる、になる

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant


to come up against (a to meet, to encounter (困難・反対に)ぶつかる
problem, a difficulty)
to face up to to be brave enough to 直面する
accept or deal with sth
to put up with to tolerate, to bear patiently …を我慢する
to live up to to keep to the high (期待に)応える
(expectations) standards of

Lesson nine Phrasal verbs with DOWN


■ decreasing
to calm down to make or become calm 落ち着く

■ failing to satisfy
to fall down (of a plan) to fail or be ineffective (計画・主張などが)くずれる、失敗に終わ

to get sb down to depress (人を)めいらせる、がっかりさせる
to let sb down to disappoint (人を)失望させる
to break down to lose control of one’s 壊れる、衰える、泣き崩れる
feelings

237
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ rejecting
to turn down (a request, to reject (提案、お願いを)拒絶する
an offer)

■ criticizing
to come down on sb to criticise, to punish or しかりつける、厳しく非難する
speak with severe
disapproval
to look down on sb to consider oneself superior 見下す
to
to run sb down to say rude or unfair things (人を)けなす、そしる
about

Lesson ten Phrasal verbs with AWAY


■ leaving or escaping
to get away to manage to escape 逃げる、脱出する
to go away to leave a place 立ち去る
to run away to escape 逃げる
to be carried away to be filled with a strong 夢中になる
feeling or emotions

■ losing or not having any more


to throw away to get rid of 捨てる
to give away to give freely 贈る、引き渡す
to fade away to disappear gradually (若さ・新鮮さ・美しさ・強さなどが)
衰える、弱まる
to turn away to refuse to let in (人を)追い払う

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON


■ continuing
to carry on to continue 続けていく、進める
to get on (well) with sb to have a friendly relationship 仲よくやっていく

■ showing gradual changes


to get on (of a person) to become old (人が)年をとる
to put on (weight) to increase in weight and grow fatter (体重・肉などが)増す
to grow on sb to become gradually more pleasing 気に入る、気に入るようになる

■ starting
to try on (clothes) to put on a garment to see whether it 試着する
fits and looks well
to take on sb to start to employ (人を)雇う
to bring sth on/upon sb to cause sth unpleasant to happen to (人に問題を)引き起こす

238
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK


■ recollecting
to look back to remember 思い出す
to bring back to cause to remember 思い出させる
(memories)
to come back to sb to return to the memory 思い出される

■ returning
to get back to obtain again after a loss 取り戻す
to go back to return to a former place 戻る、帰る
to give back to return sth to its owner 返す、戻す

■ delaying or withdrawing
to take back to admit that one was wrong in what (言ったことを)取り消す
one said
to set sth back to delay the development of 遅れさせる、止めさせる

239
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Słowniczek

Lesson one Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ finishing or stopping
to run out (of supplies, time) to have no more skończyć się
to cut out (of a motor) to stop suddenly zatrzymać się
to put out (a fire, a light) to cause to stop burning zgasić
to turn sb out to force to leave, to send away zwolnić kogoś
to go out (of a fire, a light) to stop burning or shining zgasnąć
to work out (an answer) to find by reasoning or calculating wymyślić

■ performing or fulfilling
to carry out (an action, a duty) to perform or complete przeprowadzić

■ spreading
to give out to distribute rozdać
to spread out to cover or include a greater area rozprzestrzenić się

Lesson two Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ starting, appearing
to turn out to gather for a meeting, a public pojawić się, zebrać
event
to come out to appear pojawiać się
to set out to begin a journey wyruszyć w podróż
to break out (of a war, a fight) to begin zacząć się
to bring out (a product) to introduce for sale wprowadzić na rynek

■ making known
to give out (a date, news) to announce ogłosić
to turn out to happen to be in the end okazać się
to put out (a statement, a to produce, broadcast or print; to ogłosić
warning) issue
to come out (of the truth) to become clear or publicly known wyjść na jaw
to find out to discover odkryć

Lesson three Phrasal verbs with OFF


■ disconnecting or not working properly
to go off to stop operating przestać działać, zgasnąć
to give off (a smell, gas) to emit wydzielać, emitować
to break off (of a part) to become separated from odpaść
to cut off to disconnect or discontinue odciąć

■ leaving
to take off to have a holiday from work wziąć wolne
to set off to begin a journey wyruszyć w podróż

240
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to see sb off to go to an airport, a station with odprowadzić


someone who is beginning a
journey
to take off (of a plane) to leave the ground and rise wystartować

■ discouraging or stopping
to put sb off to discourage zniechęcić
to wear off (of a feeling) to become less strong or to be skończyć się
reduced until it disappears

■ completing successfully
to come off (of a plan) to succeed udać się
to carry off (a part, an action, to perform easily and przeprowadzić z sukcesem
a duty) successfully

Lesson four Phrasal verbs with THROUGH


■ overcoming difficulty or danger
to break through to make a new advance or dokonać odkrycia
discovery
to get through (a test, an exam) to come successfully to the end of przejść przez, zdać
to go through (sth unpleasant) to experience, to endure przejść przez, przetrwać
to carry sth through to bring to a successful end przeprowadzić do końca
to come through (an operation) to survive przeżyć
to bring sb through to save someone who is ill przywrócić do zdrowia,
uratować

■ quick repetition, revision or checking


to look through to examine, to study przejrzeć
to come through (of news, to become publicly known pojawić się
results)

Lesson five Phrasal verbs with INTO


■ unexpected changes
to grow into to become as a result of growing wyrosnąć na
to come into (a fortune) to inherit otrzymać w spadku
to get into sb to influence someone so as make „wstąpić” w kogoś
them act strangely
to run into sb to meet unexpectedly wpaść na kogoś przez
przypadek
to run into sth to get into an unpleasant or difficult wpaść w kłopoty
situation
to turn into to change into zmienić się w

■ intentional forceful behaviour


to break into to enter by force włamać się

■ careful consideration
to look into (evidence) to investigate przejrzeć

241
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson six Phrasal verbs with OVER


■ finishing
to turn sth over to sb to give the control or conduct of sth przekazać
to somebody
to take over (a business) to gain control over sth przejąć
to be over to be finished skończyć się
to come over (of a feeling) to take possession of ogarnąć

■ overcoming difficulties
to get over (a difficulty) to overcome przezwyciężyć

■ reviewing or checking
to look over to examine esp. quickly przejrzeć
to go over to check sprawdzić

Lesson seven Phrasal verbs with UP


■ increasing
to go up (of prices, numbers) to rise, to increase wzrosnąć
to grow up to develop from being a child to dorastać
being an adult

■ appearing or creating
to work up (a feeling) to develop wpadać w
to come up to appear pojawić się
to draw up (a plan, a contract) to prepare and usually put into stworzyć, spisać
written form
to build up (a list) to increase or become gradually stworzyć, poszerzać
larger
to look up (information) to find information in a book sprawdzić, znaleźć
to turn up (of a problem) to happen, esp. unexpectedly pojawić się
niespodziewanie
to come up with (a solution) to think of znaleźć, wymyślić

■ starting
to set up (a business) to establish założyć
to take up (a hobby) to interest oneself in sth zacząć

Lesson eight Phrasal verbs with UP


■ finishing or stopping
to break up (of a relationship) to stop being together skończyć się
to use up to finish completely zużyć
to bring up (children) to educate and care for wychować
to grow up (of children) to develop from being a child to dorosnąć
being an adult
to give up (a relationship) to finish zakończyć
to end up to be in the end skończyć jako…

242
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant


to come up against (a problem, a to meet, to encounter napotkać
difficulty)
to face up to to be brave enough to accept or stawić czoło
deal with sth
to put up with to tolerate, to bear patiently znosić, tolerować
to live up to (expectations) to keep to the high standards of sprostać

Lesson nine Phrasal verbs with DOWN


■ decreasing
to calm down to make or become calm uspokoić się

■ failing to satisfy
to fall down (of a plan) to fail or be ineffective nie udać się
to get sb down to depress załamać kogoś
to let sb down to disappoint zawieść kogoś
to break down to lose control of one’s feelings załamać się
■ rejecting
to turn down (a request, an offer) to reject odrzucić

■ criticizing
to come down on sb to criticise, to punish or speak with „naskoczyć” na kogoś
severe disapproval
to look down on sb to consider oneself superior to patrzeć z wyższością na
kogoś
to run sb down to say rude or unfair things about krytykować

Lesson ten Phrasal verbs with AWAY


■ leaving or escaping
to get away to manage to escape zdołać uciec
to go away to leave a place wyjechać
to run away to escape uciec
to be carried away to be filled with a strong feeling or być ogarniętym przez
emotions

■ losing or not having any more


to throw away to get rid of wyrzucić
to give away to give freely rozdać
to fade away to disappear gradually zniknąć
to turn away to refuse to let in nie wpuścić

243
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON


■ continuing
to carry on to continue kontynuować
to get on (well) with sb to have a friendly relationship być z kimś w dobrych
stosunkach

■ showing gradual changes


to get on (of a person) to become old starzeć się
to put on (weight) to increase in weight and grow przybierać na wadze
fatter
to grow on sb to become gradually more pleasing przypaść do gustu

■ starting
to try on (clothes) to put on a garment to see whether przymierzyć
it fits and looks well
to take on sb to start to employ zatrudnić
to bring sth on/upon sb to cause sth unpleasant to happen sprowadzić na kogoś
to
Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK
■ recollecting
to look back to remember sięgać pamięcią
to bring back (memories) to cause to remember przypominać coś
to come back to sb to return to the memory przypominać się

■ returning
to get back to obtain again after a loss odzyskać
to go back to return to a former place wrócić
to give back to return sth to its owner oddać

■ delaying or withdrawing
to take back to admit that one was wrong in wycofać, odwołać to, co się
what one said powiedziało
to set sth back to delay the development of wstrzymać, opóźniać

244
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Glosario
Lesson one Phrasal verbs with OUT
■ finishing or stopping
to run out (of supplies, time) to have no more agotarse, quedarse sin
to cut out (of a motor) to stop suddenly calarse, apagarse
to put out (a fire, a light) to cause to stop burning apagar
to turn sb out to force to leave, to send away echar del trabajo
to go out (of a fire, a light) to stop burning or shining extinguir
to work out (an answer) to find by reasoning or calculating pensar, resolver

■ performing or fulfilling
to carry out (an action, a duty) to perform or complete llevar a cabo, realizar

■ spreading
to give out to distribute distribuir
to spread out to cover or include a greater area propagarse

Lesson two Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ starting, appearing
to turn out to gather for a meeting, a public acudir
event
to come out to appear salir, aparecer
to set out to begin a journey ponerse en camino
to break out (of a war, a fight) to begin estallar
to bring out (a product) to introduce for sale sacar al mercado

■ making known
to give out (a date, news) to announce anunciar
to turn out to happen to be in the end ocurrir, suceder
to put out (a statement, a to produce, broadcast or print; to publicar
warning) issue
to come out (of the truth) to become clear or publicly known salir a la luz
to find out to discover averiguar, descubrir

Lesson three Phrasal verbs with OFF


■ disconnecting or not working properly
to go off to stop operating apagar, estropearse
to give off (a smell, gas) to emit despedir, emitir
to break off (of a part) to become separated from romper
to cut off to disconnect or discontinue cortar, aislar, incomunicar

■ leaving
to take off to have a holiday from work tomarse (tiempo libre)
to set off to begin a journey salir, ponerse en camino

245
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to see sb off to go to an airport, a station with ir a despedir a alguien


someone who is beginning a
journey
to take off (of a plane) to leave the ground and rise despegar

■ discouraging or stopping
to put sb off to discourage quitar
to wear off (of a feeling) to become less strong or to be terminar, pasar,
reduced until it disappears desaparecer

■ completing successfully
to come off (of a plan) to succeed salir
to carry off (a part, an action, to perform easily and llevar a cabo
a duty) successfully

Lesson four Phrasal verbs with THROUGH


■ overcoming difficulty or danger
to break through to make a new advance or abrirse paso, despuntar
discovery
to get through (a test, an exam) to come successfully to the end of pasar
to go through (sth unpleasant) to experience, to endure experimentar, pasar
to carry sth through to bring to a successful end sacar adelante
to come through (an operation) to survive recuperarse
to bring sb through to save someone who is ill salvar

■ quick repetition, revision or checking


to look through to examine, to study hojear
to come through (of news, to become publicly known ocurrir
results)

Lesson five Phrasal verbs with INTO


■ unexpected changes
to grow into to become as a result of growing volverse, hacerse
to come into (a fortune) to inherit heredar
to get into sb to influence someone so as make metérsele a alguien algo en
them act strangely la cabeza
to run into sb to meet unexpectedly toparse con alguien
to run into sth to get into an unpleasant or difficult meterse en
situation
to turn into to change into convertirse en

■ intentional forceful behaviour


to break into to enter by force forzar, entrar (para robar)

■ careful consideration
to look into (evidence) to investigate examinar, investigar

246
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson six Phrasal verbs with OVER


■ finishing
to turn sth over to sb to give the control or conduct of sth ceder, transferir
to somebody
to take over (a business) to gain control over sth absorver, asumir el control
to be over to be finished terminar
to come over (of a feeling) to take possession of sobrevenir, apoderarse de

■ overcoming difficulties
to get over (a difficulty) to overcome recuperarse

■ reviewing or checking
to look over to examine esp. quickly examinar
to go over to check revisar

Lesson seven Phrasal verbs with UP


■ increasing
to go up (of prices, numbers) to rise, to increase subir
to grow up to develop from being a child to crecer
being an adult

■ appearing or creating
to work up (a feeling) to develop poner
to come up to appear surgir
to draw up (a plan, a contract) to prepare and usually put into preparar, elaborar
written form
to build up (a list) to increase or become gradually hacer
larger
to look up (information) to find information in a book buscar
to turn up (of a problem) to happen, esp. unexpectedly surgir
to come up with (a solution) to think of pensar, encontrar

■ starting
to set up (a business) to establish montar, establecer
to take up (a hobby) to interest oneself in sth empezar a hacer

Lesson eight Phrasal verbs with UP


■ finishing or stopping
to break up (of a relationship) to stop being together terminarse, romperse
to use up to finish completely acabar, gastar
to bring up (children) to educate and care for educar
to grow up (of children) to develop from being a child to crecer
being an adult
to give up (a relationship) to finish darse por vencido, dejar
algo
to end up to be in the end acabar, terminar

247
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant


to come up against (a problem, a to meet, to encounter enfrentarse a
difficulty)
to face up to to be brave enough to accept or asumir
deal with sth
to put up with to tolerate, to bear patiently aguantar, soportar
to live up to (expectations) to keep to the high standards of estar a la altura

Lesson nine Phrasal verbs with DOWN


■ decreasing
to calm down to make or become calm tranquilizarse

■ failing to satisfy
to fall down (of a plan) to fail or be ineffective fallar (un plan)
to get sb down to depress deprimir
to let sb down to disappoint decepcionar
to break down to lose control of one’s feelings sufrir un colapso

■ rejecting
to turn down (a request, an offer) to reject rechazar

■ criticizing
to come down on sb to criticise, to punish or speak with quejarse de alguien
severe disapproval
to look down on sb to consider oneself superior to mirar con desprecio
to run sb down to say rude or unfair things about criticar

Lesson ten Phrasal verbs with AWAY


■ leaving or escaping
to get away to manage to escape irse
to go away to leave a place marcharse
to run away to escape escaparse
to be carried away to be filled with a strong feeling or dejarse llevar
emotions

■ losing or not having any more


to throw away to get rid of tirar
to give away to give freely regalar
to fade away to disappear gradually apagarse lentamente
to turn away to refuse to let in rechazar

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON


■ continuing
to carry on to continue continuar, seguir
to get on (well) with sb to have a friendly relationship llevarse bien con alguien

248
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ showing gradual changes


to get on (of a person) to become old hacerse viejo, envejecer
to put on (weight) to increase in weight and grow engordar
fatter
to grow on sb to become gradually more pleasing empezar a gustar

■ starting
to try on (clothes) to put on a garment to see whether probarse
it fits and looks well
to take on sb to start to employ contratar
to bring sth on/upon sb to cause sth unpleasant to happen provocar
to

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK


■ recollecting
to look back to remember recordar
to bring back (memories) to cause to remember traer ( a la memoria)
to come back to sb to return to the memory recordar

■ returning
to get back to obtain again after a loss recuperar
to go back to return to a former place regresar, volver
to give back to return sth to its owner devolver

■ delaying or withdrawing
to take back to admit that one was wrong in retirar
what one said
to set sth back to delay the development of retrasar

249
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Glossary - Словарик

Lesson one Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ finishing or stopping
to run out (of supplies, time) to have no more кончиться (о запасах)
to cut out (of a motor) to stop suddenly остановиться (о моторе)
to put out (a fire, a light) to cause to stop burning погасить
to turn sb out to force to leave, to send away уволить кого-либо
to go out (of a fire, a light) to stop burning or shining погаснуть
to work out (an answer) to find by reasoning or calculating придумать, составить
(ответ)

■ performing or fulfilling
to carry out (an action, a duty) to perform or complete провести, выполнять

■ spreading
to give out to distribute распределить
to spread out to cover or include a greater area распространиться

Lesson two Phrasal verbs with OUT


■ starting, appearing
to turn out to gather for a meeting, a public прибывать, собираться
event
to come out to appear выходить
to set out to begin a journey отправляться
to break out (of a war, a fight) to begin вспыхивать,
разражаться
to bring out (a product) to introduce for sale показывать, производить
(продукт)

■ making known
to give out (a date, news) to announce объявлять
to turn out to happen to be in the end стать, оказаться
to put out (a statement, a to produce, broadcast or print; to издавать, объявлять
warning) issue
to come out (of the truth) to become clear or publicly known обнаруживаться,
проявляться
to find out to discover понять, раскрыть

Lesson three Phrasal verbs with OFF


■ disconnecting or not working properly
to go off to stop operating выключиться, погаснуть;
сломаться
to give off (a smell, gas) to emit выделять, испускать
to break off (of a part) to become separated from отламывать(ся)
to cut off to disconnect or discontinue обрезать, отрезать;
отсекать

250
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ leaving
to take off to have a holiday from work срываться (с места),
брать выходной
to set off to begin a journey отправляться (в путь)
to see sb off to go to an airport, a station with провожать
someone who is beginning a
journey
to take off (of a plane) to leave the ground and rise взлететь

■ discouraging or stopping
to put sb off to discourage вызывать отвращение,
отталкивать
to wear off (of a feeling) to become less strong or to be проходить (о чувстве)
reduced until it disappears

■ completing successfully
to come off (of a plan) to succeed иметь успех; удаваться
(о планах)
to carry off (a part, an action, to perform easily and успешно закончить,
a duty) successfully выполнить

Lesson four Phrasal verbs with THROUGH


■ overcoming difficulty or danger
to break through to make a new advance or добиться успеха, сделать
discovery открытие
to get through (a test, an exam) to come successfully to the end of справиться с чем-либо;
выдержать экзамен
to go through (sth unpleasant) to experience, to endure испытывать,
подвергаться
to carry sth through to bring to a successful end доводить до конца
to come through (an operation) to survive остаться в живых
to bring sb through to save someone who is ill спасти жизнь кому-либо

■ quick repetition, revision or checking


to look through to examine, to study просматривать (что-
либо)
to come through (of news, to become publicly known появляться, быть
results) полученным (о новостях и
т.п.)

Lesson five Phrasal verbs with INTO


■ unexpected changes
to grow into to become as a result of growing превращаться,
становиться с возрастом
to come into (a fortune) to inherit получать в наследство
to get into sb to influence someone so as make "вселяться" в кого-либо
them act strangely

251
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

to run into sb to meet unexpectedly случайно встретить,


столкнуться с кем-либо
to run into sth to get into an unpleasant or difficult попадать в какое-либо
situation положение
to turn into to change into превращать во (что-
либо)

■ intentional forceful behaviour


to break into to enter by force вламываться

■ careful consideration
to look into (evidence) to investigate исследовать

Lesson six Phrasal verbs with OVER


■ finishing
to turn sth over to sb to give the control or conduct of sth передавать дело другому
to somebody
to take over (a business) to gain control over sth вступать во владение
to be over to be finished заканчиваться
to come over (of a feeling) to take possession of охватить, овладеть (о
чувствах)

■ overcoming difficulties
to get over (a difficulty) to overcome преодолеть (трудности)

■ reviewing or checking
to look over to examine esp. quickly тщательно изучать
to go over to check проверять

Lesson seven Phrasal verbs with UP


■ increasing
to go up (of prices, numbers) to rise, to increase увеличиваться,
повышаться (о
количестве, цене и т. п.)
to grow up to develop from being a child to взрослеть
being an adult

■ appearing or creating
to work up (a feeling) to develop возбуждать, вызывать
(чувство)
to come up to appear появляться
to draw up (a plan, a contract) to prepare and usually put into составлять (план,
written form договор)
to build up (a list) to increase or become gradually создавать, расширять
larger
to look up (information) to find information in a book искать (информацию)
to turn up (of a problem) to happen, esp. unexpectedly внезапно появляться (о
проблеме)
to come up with (a solution) to think of придумывать, находить
(решение)

252
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

■ starting
to set up (a business) to establish учреждать
to take up (a hobby) to interest oneself in sth браться (за что-либо);
заниматься

Lesson eight Phrasal verbs with UP


■ finishing or stopping
to break up (of a relationship) to stop being together распадаться;
разваливаться (о семье,
дружбе и т.п.)
to use up to finish completely израсходовать;
истратить
to bring up (children) to educate and care for вскармливать,
воспитывать
to grow up (of children) to develop from being a child to становиться взрослым
being an adult
to give up (a relationship) to finish порвать с кем-либо
to end up to be in the end прийти к ситуации;
докатиться

■ dealing with difficulties or something unpleasant


to come up against (a problem, a to meet, to encounter встречаться с
difficulty) трудностями
to face up to to be brave enough to accept or быть готовым к
deal with sth (трудностям)
to put up with to tolerate, to bear patiently терпеть; мириться
to live up to (expectations) to keep to the high standards of отвечать (ожиданиям)

Lesson nine Phrasal verbs with DOWN


■ decreasing
to calm down to make or become calm успокаивать(ся)

■ failing to satisfy
to fall down (of a plan) to fail or be ineffective потерпеть неудачу (о
плане)
to get sb down to depress нервировать
to let sb down to disappoint разочаровать
to break down to lose control of one’s feelings не выдержать, потерять
самообладание

■ rejecting
to turn down (a request, an offer) to reject отвергать; отказывать

■ criticizing
to come down on sb to criticise, to punish or speak with набрасываться (на кого-
severe disapproval либо)
to look down on sb to consider oneself superior to смотреть свысока
to run sb down to say rude or unfair things about пренебрежительно
отзываться (о ком-либо)

253
Phrasal Verbs in Situations / Glossary

Lesson ten Phrasal verbs with AWAY


■ leaving or escaping
to get away to manage to escape удрать
to go away to leave a place уезжать
to run away to escape убегать
to be carried away to be filled with a strong feeling or быть восхищенным,
emotions увлеченным
■ losing or not having any more
to throw away to get rid of выбрасывать
to give away to give freely раздавать
to fade away to disappear gradually исчезать
to turn away to refuse to let in прогонять; не пускать

Lesson eleven Phrasal verbs with ON


■ continuing
to carry on to continue продолжать
to get on (well) with sb to have a friendly relationship уживаться, ладить (с
кем-либо)
■ showing gradual changes
to get on (of a person) to become old стареть
to put on (weight) to increase in weight and grow прибавлять (в весе)
fatter
to grow on sb to become gradually more pleasing нравиться все больше
■ starting
to try on (clothes) to put on a garment to see whether примерять
it fits and looks well
to take on sb to start to employ принимать на службу
to bring sth on/upon sb to cause sth unpleasant to happen навлекать что-либо на
to кого-либо

Lesson twelve Phrasal verbs with BACK


■ recollecting
to look back to remember вспоминать,
оглядываться на прошлое
to bring back (memories) to cause to remember воскрешать в памяти,
напоминать
to come back to sb to return to the memory вспоминаться кому-либо
■ returning
to get back to obtain again after a loss возвращать себе
to go back to return to a former place возвращаться
to give back to return sth to its owner возвращать кому-либо
■ delaying or withdrawing
to take back to admit that one was wrong in брать обратно
what one said (сказанное)
to set sth back to delay the development of отсрочивать,
откладывать

254

You might also like